Sony CDX-G2050UI Operating Instructions

Add to my manuals
56 Pages

advertisement

Sony CDX-G2050UI  Operating Instructions | Manualzz
4-467-643-41(1)
FM/MW/SW
Compact Disc
Player
To cancel the demonstration (DEMO) display, see page 10.
CDX-G2050UI
Operating Instructions
GB
Be sure to install this unit in the dashboard of
the car for safety.
For installation and connections, see the
supplied installation/connections manual.
Laser Diode Properties
 Emission Duration: Continuous
 Laser Output: Less than 53.3 μW
(This output is the value measurement at a
distance of 200 mm from the objective lens
surface on the Optical Pick-up Block with 7 mm
aperture.)
Note on the lithium battery
Do not expose the battery to excessive heat
such as direct sunlight, fire or the like.
Warning if your car’s ignition has no ACC
position
Be sure to set the AUTO OFF function
(page 11). The unit will shut off completely
and automatically in the set time after the
unit is turned off, which prevents battery
drain. If you do not set the AUTO OFF
function, press and hold OFF until the display
disappears each time you turn the ignition
off.
2GB
Table of Contents
Guide to Parts and Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Additional Information
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12
14
14
16
Getting Started
Detaching the Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Setting the Clock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Connecting an iPod/USB Device . . . . . . . . . . 6
Connecting Other Portable Audio
Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Listening to the Radio
Listening to the Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Using Radio Data System (RDS). . . . . . . . . . . 8
Playback
Playing a Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Playing an iPod/USB Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Searching and Playing Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Settings
Canceling the DEMO Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Basic Setting Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
GENERAL Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
SOUND Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
EQ3 PRESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
EQ3 SETTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
DISPLAY Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3GB
Guide to Parts and Controls
Main unit
The number 3/
(repeat) button has a tactile dot.
 SRC (source)
Turn on the power.
Change the source.
-OFF
Press and hold for 1 second to turn off
the power.
Press and hold for more than 2 seconds
to turn off the power and the display.
If the unit is turned off and the display
disappears, it is unable you to operate
with the remote.
 Front panel release button
 SEEK +/–
Tune in radio stations automatically.
Press and hold to tune manually.
/ (prev/next) / (reverse/
fast-forward)
 Control dial
Rotate to adjust the volume.
ENTER
Enter the selected item.
MENU
Open the setup menu.
 Receptor for the remote commander
 Disc slot
 Display window
  (disc eject)

(browse) (page 9)
Enter the browse mode during playback.

(back)
Return to the previous display.
MODE (page 7, 9)
 PTY (program type)
Select PTY in RDS.
 Number buttons (1 to 6)
Receive stored radio stations. Press and
hold to store stations.
ALBUM /
Skip an album for audio device. Press and
hold to skip albums continuously.
(repeat)
SHUF (shuffle)
PAUSE
 DSPL (display)
Change display items.
-SCRL (scroll)
Press and hold to scroll a display item.
 AUX input jack
 USB port
4GB
RM-X211 Remote
Getting Started
Detaching the Front Panel
You can detach the front panel of this unit to
prevent theft.
1
Press and hold OFF .
The unit is turned off.
2
Press the front panel release button
, then remove the panel by
pulling it towards you.
The VOL (volume) + button has a tactile dot.
Remove the insulation film before use.
Caution alarm
If you turn the ignition switch to the OFF
position without detaching the front panel,
the caution alarm will sound for a few
seconds. The alarm will only sound if the
built-in amplifier is used.
 ATT (attenuate)
Attenuate the sound. Press again to
cancel the attenuated sound.
Attaching the front panel
 SOUND
Open the SOUND menu directly.
-MENU
Press and hold to open the setup menu.
  ()/ (+)/ (–)/ ()/ENTER
Setup items, etc. can be operated by /
//.
 VOL (volume) +/–
5GB
Setting the Clock
1
2
Press MENU, rotate the control dial
to select [GENERAL], then press it.
Rotate the control dial to select
[CLOCK-ADJ], then press it.
The hour indication flashes.
3
Connecting Other Portable
Audio Device
1
2
3
Rotate the control dial to set the
hour and minute.
To move the digital indication, press SEEK
+/–.
4
Turn off the portable audio device.
Turn down the volume on the unit.
Connect the portable audio device
to the AUX input jack (stereo mini
jack) on the unit with a connecting
cord* (not supplied).
* Be sure to use a straight type plug.
After setting the minute, press
MENU.
The setup is complete and the clock
starts.
To display the clock, press DSPL.
4
Connecting an iPod/USB
Device
1
2
Turn down the volume on the unit.
Connect the iPod/USB device to the
unit.
To connect an iPod/iPhone, use the USB
connection cable for iPod (not supplied).
When connecting iPhone 5
6GB
Press SRC to select [AUX].
To match the volume level of the
connected device to other sources
Start playback of the portable audio device
at a moderate volume, and set your usual
listening volume on the unit.
Press MENU and rotate the control dial.
Select [SOUND]  [AUX VOL] (page 11).
Listening to the Radio
Storing manually
1
Listening to the Radio
To listen to the radio, press SRC to select
[TUNER].
While receiving the station that you
want to store, press and hold a
number button (1 to 6) to display
[MEM].
Receiving the stored stations
Storing automatically (BTM)
1
Press MODE to change the band
(FM1, FM2, FM3, MW, SW1 or SW2).
2
Press MENU, rotate the control dial
to select [GENERAL], then press it.
3
Rotate the control dial to select
[BTM], then press it.
1
Select the band, then press a
number button (1 to 6).
The unit stores stations in order of
frequency on the number buttons.
Tuning
1
Press MODE to change the band
(FM1, FM2, FM3, MW, SW1 or SW2).
2
Perform tuning.
To tune manually
Press and hold SEEK +/– to locate the
approximate frequency, then press SEEK
+/– repeatedly to fine adjust to the
desired frequency.
To tune automatically
Press SEEK +/–.
Scanning stops when the unit receives a
station. Repeat this procedure until the
desired station is received.
7GB
Using Radio Data System
(RDS)
Selecting program types (PTY)
Playback
Playing a Disc
1
Insert the disc (label side up).
Use PTY to display or search for a desired
program type.
1
2
Press PTY during FM reception.
Rotate the control dial until the
desired program type appears,
then press it.
Playback starts automatically.
The unit starts to search for a station
broadcasting the selected program type.
Type of programs
NEWS (News), AFFAIRS (Current Affairs),
INFO (Information), SPORT (Sports),
EDUCATE (Education), DRAMA (Drama),
CULTURE (Culture), SCIENCE (Science),
VARIED (Varied), POP M (Pop Music), ROCK
M (Rock Music), EASY M (M.O.R. Music),
LIGHT M (Light classical), CLASSICS (Serious
classical), OTHER M (Other Music), WEATHER
(Weather), FINANCE (Finance), CHILDREN
(Children’s program), SOCIAL A (Social
Affairs), RELIGION (Religion), PHONE IN
(Phone In), TRAVEL (Travel), LEISURE
(Leisure), JAZZ (Jazz Music), COUNTRY
(Country Music), NATION M (National Music),
OLDIES (Oldies Music), FOLK M (Folk Music),
DOCUMENT (Documentary)
Setting clock time (CT)
The CT data from the RDS transmission sets
the clock.
1
8GB
Set [CT-ON] in GENERAL setup
(page 11).
Playing an iPod/USB Device
In these Operating Instructions, “iPod” is
used as a general reference for the iPod
functions on an iPod and iPhone, unless
otherwise specified by the text or
illustrations.
For details on the compatibility of your iPod,
see “About iPod” (page 13) or visit the
support site (page 18).
MSC (Mass Storage Class)-type USB devices
(such as a USB flash drive, digital media
player, Android™ phone) compliant with the
USB standard can be used.
Depending on the digital media player or
Android phone, setting the USB connection
mode to MSC is required.
Notes
 For details on the compatibility of your USB
device, visit the support site (page 18).
 Playback of the following MP3/WMA files is not
supported.
 lossless compression files
 copyright-protected files
 DRM (Digital Rights Management) files
 Multi-channel audio files
1
Connect an iPod/USB device to the
USB port (page 6).
Playback starts.
If a device is already connected, to start
playback, press SRC to select [USB] ([IPD]
appears in the display when the iPod is
recognized).
2
Adjust the volume on this unit.
Searching and Playing
Tracks
Repeat play and shuffle play
1
During playback, press (repeat)
for repeat play, or SHUF for shuffle
play.
2
Press (repeat) or SHUF repeatedly
to select the desired repeat or
shuffle play mode.
To stop playback
Press and hold OFF for 1 second.
To remove the device
Stop playback, then remove the device.
Playback in selected play mode may take
time to start.
Caution for iPhone
When you connect an iPhone via USB, phone
call volume is controlled by the iPhone, not
the unit. Do not inadvertently increase the
volume on the unit during a call, as sudden
loud sound may result when the call ends.
Operating an iPod directly
(Passenger control)
Available play modes differ depending on
the selected sound source.
Searching a track by name (QuickBrowZer™)
1
Press and hold MODE during playback to
display [MODE IPOD] to enable operation by
the iPod directly.
Note that the volume can be adjusted only
by the unit.
When the track list appears, press
(back) repeatedly.
* During playback, press
(browse) for more
than 2 seconds to directly return to the
beginning of the category list.
To exit passenger control
Press and hold MODE to display [MODE
AUDIO].
During CD or USB playback, press
(browse)* to display the list of
search categories.
2
Rotate the control dial to select the
desired search category, then press
it to confirm.
3
Repeat step 2 to search the desired
track.
Playback starts.
To exit the Quick-BrowZer mode
Press
(browse).
9GB
Searching by skip items
(Jump mode)
1
2
3
Press
(browse)
Press SEEK +.
Rotate the control dial to select the
item.
The list is jumped in steps of 10% of the
total number of items.
4
Press ENTER to return to the QuickBrowZer mode.
The selected item appears.
5
Rotate the control dial to select the
desired item, then press it.
Playback starts.
Settings
Canceling the DEMO Mode
You can cancel the demonstration display
which appears while this unit is turned off.
1
Press MENU, rotate the control dial
to select [DISPLAY], then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial to select
[DEMO], then press it.
3
Rotate the control dial to select
[DEMO-OFF], then press it.
The setting is complete.
4
Press
(back) twice.
The display returns to normal reception/
play mode.
Basic Setting Operation
You can set items in the menu to the
following procedure.
The following items can be set depending on
the source and setting.
1
2
Press MENU.
Rotate the control dial to select the
setup category, then press it.
Setup categories are follows:
 GENERAL setup (page 11)
 SOUND setup (page 11)
 DISPLAY setup (page 12)
3
Rotate the control dial to select the
options, then press it.
To return to the previous display
Press
10GB
(back).
GENERAL Setup
SOUND Setup
CLOCK-ADJ (Clock Adjust) (page 6)
EQ3 PRESET
Selects an equalizer curve from the
following equalizer curves or off: [XPLOD],
[VOCAL], [EDGE], [CRUISE], [SPACE],
[GRAVITY], [CUSTOM], [OFF].
The equalizer curve setting can be
memorized for each source.
CAUT ALM (Caution Alarm)
Activates the caution alarm: [ON], [OFF]
(page 5). (Available only when the unit is
turned off.)
BEEP
Activates the beep sound: [ON], [OFF].
AUTO OFF
Shuts off automatically after a desired
time when the unit is turned off: [NO],
[30S] (30 seconds), [30M] (30 minutes),
[60M] (60 minutes).
AUX-A (AUX Audio)
Activates the AUX source display: [ON],
[OFF]. (Available only when the unit is
turned off.)
CT (Clock Time)
Activates the CT function: [ON], [OFF].
BTM (page 7)
EQ3 SETTING
Sets [CUSTOM] of EQ3.
Selects the equalizer settings: [LOW],
[MID], [HIGH].
To restore the factory-set equalizer curve,
press and hold ENTER before the setting is
complete.
BALANCE
Adjusts the sound balance: [RIGHT-15] –
[CENTER] – [LEFT-15].
FADER
Adjusts the relative level: [FRONT-15] –
[CENTER] – [REAR-15].
LOUDNESS (Dynamic Loudness)
Reinforces bass and treble for clear sound
at low volume levels: [ON], [OFF].
SW LEVEL (Subwoofer Level)
Adjusts the subwoofer volume level: [+2
dB] - [0 dB] - [-2 dB].
AUX VOL (AUX Volume Level)
Adjusts the volume level for each
connected auxiliary device:
[+18 dB] - [0 dB] - [-8 dB].
This setting negates the need to adjust
the volume level between sources.
11GB
DISPLAY Setup
Additional Information
DEMO (Demonstration)
Activates the demonstration: [ON], [OFF].
Precautions
BLK OUT (Black Out)
Turns off the illumination automatically for
any source (e.g., during radio reception/
CD playback, etc.) if no operation is
performed for 5 seconds: [ON], [OFF].
To turn the light back on, press any button
on the unit or the remote commander.
 Cool off the unit beforehand if your car has
been parked in direct sunlight.
 Do not leave the front panel or audio
devices brought in inside the car, or it may
cause malfunction due to high
temperature in direct sunlight.
 Power antenna (aerial) extends
automatically.
DIMMER
Changes the display brightness: [ON],
[OFF].
Moisture condensation
AUTO SCR (Auto Scroll)
Scrolls long items automatically: [ON],
[OFF].
Should moisture condensation occur inside
the unit, remove the disc and wait for about
an hour for it to dry out; otherwise the unit
will not operate properly.
M.DISPLAY (Motion Display)
Shows moving patterns: [ON], [OFF].
To maintain high sound quality
Do not splash liquid onto the unit or discs.
Notes on discs
 Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or
heat sources such as hot air ducts, nor
leave it in a car parked in direct sunlight.
 Before playing, wipe the
discs with a cleaning
cloth from the center out.
Do not use solvents such
as benzine, thinner,
commercially available
cleaners.
 This unit is designed to
play back discs that conform to the
Compact Disc (CD) standard. DualDiscs and
some of the music discs encoded with
copyright protection technologies do not
conform to the Compact Disc (CD)
standard, therefore, these discs may not be
playable by this unit.
 Discs that this unit CANNOT play
 Discs with labels, stickers, or sticky tape
or paper attached. Doing so may cause a
malfunction, or may ruin the disc.
12GB
 Discs with non-standard shapes (e.g.,
heart, square, star). Attempting to do so
may damage the unit.
 8 cm (3 1/4 in) discs.
Notes on CD-R/CD-RW discs
 The maximum number of: (CD-R/CD-RW
only)
 folders (albums): 150 (including root
folder)
 files (tracks) and folders: 300 (may less
than 300 if folder/file names contain
many characters)
 displayable characters for a folder/file
name: 32 (Joliet)/64 (Romeo)
 If the multi-session disc begins with a CDDA session, it is recognized as a CD-DA
disc, and other sessions are not played
back.
 Discs that this unit CANNOT play
 CD-R/CD-RW of poor recording quality.
 CD-R/CD-RW recorded with an
incompatible recording device.
 CD-R/CD-RW which is finalized
incorrectly.
 CD-R/CD-RW other than those recorded
in music CD format or MP3 format
conforming to ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2,
Joliet/Romeo or multi-session.
Playback order of MP3/WMA files
MP3/WMA
Folder (album)
MP3/WMA file
(track)
About iPod
 You can connect to the following iPod
models. Update your iPod devices to the
latest software before use.
Made for
 iPod touch (5th generation)
 iPod touch (4th generation)
 iPod touch (3rd generation)
 iPod touch (2nd generation)
 iPod classic
 iPod nano (7th generation)
 iPod nano (6th generation)
 iPod nano (5th generation)
 iPod nano (4th generation)
 iPod nano (3rd generation)
 iPod nano (2nd generation)
 iPod nano (1st generation)*
 iPhone 5
 iPhone 4S
 iPhone 4
 iPhone 3GS
 iPhone 3G
* Passenger control is not available for iPod nano
(1st generation).
 “Made for iPod” and “Made for iPhone”
mean that an electronic accessory has
been designed to connect specifically to
iPod or iPhone respectively and has been
certified by the developer to meet Apple
performance standards. Apple is not
responsible for the operation of this device
or its compliance with safety and
regulatory standards. Please note that the
use of this accessory with iPod or iPhone
may affect wireless performance.
If you have any questions or problems
concerning your unit that are not covered in
this manual, consult your nearest Sony
dealer.
13GB
Notes
Maintenance
Replacing the lithium battery of the
remote commander
When the battery becomes weak, the range
of the remote commander becomes shorter.
Replace the battery with a new CR2025
lithium battery. Use of any other battery may
present a risk of fire or explosion.
 For safety, turn off the ignition before cleaning
the connectors, and remove the key from the
ignition switch.
 Never touch the connectors directly with your
fingers or with any metal device.
Specifications
+ side up
Tuner section
Notes on the lithium battery
 Keep the lithium battery out of the reach of
children. Should the battery be swallowed,
immediately consult a doctor.
 Wipe the battery with a dry cloth to assure a good
contact.
 Be sure to observe the correct polarity when
installing the battery.
 Do not hold the battery with metallic tweezers,
otherwise a short-circuit may occur.
WARNING
Battery may explode if mistreated.
Do not recharge, disassemble, or dispose
of in fire.
Cleaning the connectors
The unit may not function properly if the
connectors between the unit and the front
panel are not clean. In order to prevent this,
detach the front panel (page 5) and clean the
connectors with a cotton swab. Do not apply
too much force. Otherwise, the connectors
may be damaged.
FM
Tuning range: 87.5 – 108.0 MHz
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency: 25 kHz
Usable sensitivity: 8 dBf
Selectivity: 75 dB at 400 kHz
Signal-to-noise ratio: 80 dB (stereo)
Separation: 50 dB at 1 kHz
Frequency response: 20 – 15,000 Hz
MW
Tuning range: 531 – 1,602 kHz
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency:
9,124.5 kHz or 9,115.5 kHz/4.5 kHz
Sensitivity: 26 μV
SW
Tuning range:
SW1: 2,940 – 7,735 kHz
SW2: 9,500 – 18,135 kHz
(except for 10,140 – 11,575 kHz)
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency:
9,124.5 kHz or 9,115.5 kHz/4.5 kHz
Sensitivity: 26 μV
CD Player section
Signal-to-noise ratio: 95 dB
Frequency response: 10 – 20,000 Hz
Wow and flutter: Below measurable limit
Corresponding codec:
MP3 (.mp3), and WMA (.wma)
14GB
USB Player section
Interface: USB (Full-speed)
Maximum current: 1 A
The maximum number of recognizable data:
folders (albums): 128
files (tracks) per folder: 512
Corresponding codec:
MP3 (.mp3), and WMA (.wma)
Power amplifier section
Output: Speaker outputs
Speaker impedance: 4 – 8 ohms
Maximum power output: 55 W × 4 (at 4 ohms)
General
Outputs:
Audio outputs terminal (rear, sub)
Power antenna (aerial)/Power amplifier
control terminal (REM OUT)
Inputs:
Remote controller input terminal
Antenna (aerial) input terminal
AUX input jack (stereo mini jack)
USB port
Power requirements: 12 V DC car battery
(negative ground (earth))
Dimensions:
Approx. 178 mm × 50 mm × 177 mm
(7 1/8 in × 2 in × 7 in) (w/h/d)
Mounting dimensions:
Approx. 182 mm × 53 mm × 160 mm
(7 1/4 in × 2 1/8 in × 6 5/ 16 in) (w/h/d)
Mass: Approx. 1.2 kg (2 lb 11 oz)
Package contents:
Main unit (1)
Remote commander (1) : RM-X211
Parts for installation and connections (1 set)
Copyrights
Quick-BrowZer is a trademark of Sony
Corporation.
Windows Media is either a registered trademark
or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and/or other countries.
This product is protected by certain intellectual
property rights of Microsoft Corporation. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of this
product is prohibited without a license from
Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary.
iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod
touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in
the U.S. and other countries.
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology and
patents licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and
Thomson.
Android is a trademark of Google Inc. Use of this
trademark is subject to Google Permissions.
Your dealer may not handle some of the
above listed accessories. Please ask the
dealer for detailed information.
Design and specifications are subject to
change without notice.
15GB
Troubleshooting
The following checklist will help you remedy
problems you may encounter with your unit.
Before going through the checklist below,
check the connection and operating
procedures.
For details on using the fuse and removing
the unit from the dashboard, refer to the
installation/connections manual supplied
with this unit.
If the problem is not solved, visit the support
site (page 18).
General
No power is being supplied to the unit.
 If the unit is turned off and the display
disappears, the unit cannot be operated with
the remote commander.
 Turn on the unit.
No sound.
 The position of the fader control [FADER] is
not set for a 2-speaker system.
No beep sound.
 An optional power amplifier is connected and
you are not using the built-in amplifier.
The contents of the memory have been
erased.
 The power supply lead or battery has been
disconnected or not connected properly.
Stored stations and correct time are erased.
The fuse has blown.
Makes a noise when the position of the
ignition is switched.
 The leads are not matched correctly with the
car’s accessory power connector.
During playback or reception, the
demonstration mode starts.
 If no operation is performed for 5 minutes
with [DEMO-ON] set, the demonstration
mode starts.
 Set [DEMO-OFF] (page 12).
16GB
The display disappears from/does not appear
in the display window.
 The dimmer is set to [DIM-ON] (page 12).
 The display disappears if you press and hold
OFF.
 Press OFF on the unit until the display
appears.
 The connectors are dirty (page 14).
The display disappears while the unit is
operating.
 The Black Out function is set to on (page 12).
The operation buttons do not function.
The disc will not eject.
 Press DSPL and
(back)/MODE for more
than 2 seconds to reset the unit.
The contents stored in memory are erased.
For your safety, do not reset the unit while
you are driving.
Radio reception
Stations cannot be received.
The sound is hampered by noises.
 The connection is not correct.
 If your car has built-in radio antenna
(aerial) in the rear/side glass, connect an
REM OUT lead (blue/white striped) or
accessory power supply lead (red) to the
power supply lead of a car’s antenna
(aerial) booster.
 Check the connection of the car antenna
(aerial).
 If the auto antenna (aerial) will not extend,
check the connection of the power
antenna (aerial) control lead.
Preset tuning is not possible.
 The broadcast signal is too weak.
RDS
PTY displays [- - - - - - - -].
 The current station is not an RDS station.
 RDS data has not been received.
 The station does not specify the program
type.
CD playback
The disc does not play back.
 Defective or dirty disc.
 The CD-R/CD-RW is not for audio use
(page 13).
MP3/WMA files cannot be played back.
 The disc is incompatible with the MP3/WMA
format and version. For details on playable
discs and formats, visit the support site.
MP3/WMA files take longer to play back than
others.
 The following discs take a longer time to start
playback.
 A disc recorded with a complicated tree
structure.
 A disc recorded in Multi Session.
 A disc to which data can be added.
The sound skips.
 Defective or dirty disc.
USB playback
You cannot play back items via a USB hub.
 This unit cannot recognize USB devices via a
USB hub.
A USB device takes longer to play back.
 The USB device contains files with a
complicated tree structure.
The sound is intermittent.
 The sound may be intermittent at a high-bitrate of more than 320 kbps.
Error displays/Messages
ERROR
 The disc is dirty or inserted upside down.
 Clean or insert the disc correctly.
 A blank disc has been inserted.
 The disc cannot play due to a problem.
 Insert another disc.
 USB device was not automatically recognized.
 Connect it again.
 Press  to remove the disc.
HUB NO SUPRT (hubs not supported)
 USB hub is not supported on this unit.
IPD STOP
 When repeat play is not set, playback of the
last track in album finished.
The music application in the iPod/iPhone is
terminated.
 Press PAUSE to start playback again.
NO DEV (no device)
 [USB] is selected as source without a USB
device connected. A USB device or a USB
cable has been disconnected during
playback.
 Be sure to connect a USB device and USB
cable.
NO MUSIC
 The disc or USB device does not contain a
music file.
 Insert a music CD.
 Connect a USB device with a music file in it.
OVERLOAD
 USB device is overloaded.
 Disconnect the USB device, then change
the source by pressing SRC.
 The USB device has a fault, or an
unsupported device is connected.
PUSH EJT (push eject)
 The disc cannot be ejected.
 Press  (eject).
READ
 The unit is reading all track and album
information on the disc.
 Wait until reading is complete and
playback starts automatically. Depending
on the disc structure, it may take more than
a minute.
USB NO SUPRT (USB not supported)
 The connected USB device is not supported.
 For details on the compatibility of your USB
device, visit the support site.
[
] or [
]
 During reverse or fast-forward, you have
reached the beginning or the end of the disc
and you cannot go any further.
[ ]
 The character cannot be displayed.
17GB
If these solutions do not help improve the
situation, consult your nearest Sony dealer.
If you take the unit to be repaired because of
CD playback trouble, bring the disc that was
used at the time the problem began.
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/
18GB
‫اﮔﺮ اﯾﻦ راه ﺣﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮای اﺻﻼح وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﻤﮏ منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬
‫‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ CD‬واﺣﺪ را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻤﯿﺮ ﺑﱪﯾﺪ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮑﯽ ﮐﻪ در‬
‫زﻣﺎن ﴍوع ﻣﺸﮑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﺮدﯾﺪ را ﻫﻤﺮاه داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/‬‬
‫‪18PR‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪CD‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻣﻌﯿﻮب ﯾﺎ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(13‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA‬منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪IPD STOP‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﮑﺮر ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻧﺸﺪه‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ آﺧﺮﯾﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ در آﻟﺒﻮم متﺎم ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ در ‪ iPod/iPhone‬از ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ PAUSE ‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ دوﺑﺎره ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪) NO DEV‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ(‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ و ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت‬
‫در ﻣﻮرد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ و ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن ﺑﺎزدﯾﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺪون اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‪ [USB] ،‬ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬و ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬را ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻘﯿﻪ ﻣﺪت ﺑﯿﺸﱰی ﻃﻮل ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO MUSIC‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﻣﺪت ﺑﯿﺸﱰی ﻃﻮل ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر درﺧﺘﯽ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪه ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ﮐﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﭘﺮش دارد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻣﻌﯿﻮب ﯾﺎ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺷام منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ را ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺎب ‪ USB‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬را ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺎب ‪ USB‬ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺪت ﺑﯿﺸﱰی ﻃﻮل ﻣﯽ ﮐﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر درﺧﺘﯽ ﭘﯿﭽﯿﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﺪا ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻧﺮخ ﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 320‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮ ﺑﯿﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ ﻫﺎ‪/‬ﭘﯿﺎم ﻫﺎی ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﮐﺜﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ ﯾﺎ واروﻧﻪ وارد ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ را ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ درﺳﺖ وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ وارد ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﺪﻟﯿﻞ ﯾﮏ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ دﯾﮕﺮ وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دوﺑﺎره ﻣﺘﺼﻞ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺧﺎرج ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ منﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﮏ ‪ CD‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ در آن را ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪OVERLOAD‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎر اﺿﺎﻓﯽ دارد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬را ﻗﻄﻊ ﮐﺮده‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ‪SRC‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﯾﮏ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ دارد‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪) PUSH EJT‬ﺑﯿﺮون اﻧﺪاﺧنت ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر(‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺧﺎرج ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪)  ‬ﺑﯿﺮون اﻧﺪاﺧنت( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪READ‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﺣﺪ متﺎم اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ و آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎی روی دﯾﺴﮏ را ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن متﺎم ﺷﻮد و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر دﯾﺴﮏ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﯿﺸﱰ از ﯾﮏ دﻗﯿﻘﻪ ﻃﻮل ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ USB) USB NO SUPRT‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه(‬
‫‪ ‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن‬
‫ﺑﺎزدﯾﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‬
‫[ ﯾﺎ ]‬
‫[‬
‫‪ ‬در ﻃﻮل ﻣﻌﮑﻮس ﯾﺎ ﴎﯾﻊ‪-‬ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺷام ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪا ﯾﺎ اﻧﺘﻬﺎی دﯾﺴﮏ رﺳﯿﺪه اﯾﺪ‬
‫و منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺮوﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫] [‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺮف منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ منﺎﯾﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪) HUB NO SUPRT‬ﻫﺎب ﻫﺎ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪(.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺎب ‪ USB‬ﺑﺮ روی اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪17PR‬‬
‫رﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ در زﯾﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷام ﮐﻤﮏ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ واﺣﺪ ﺧﻮد ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ را رﻓﻊ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬روﻧﺪﻫﺎی اﺗﺼﺎﻟﯽ و ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﯿﻮز و ﺧﺎرج ﮐﺮدن واﺣﺪ از داﺷﺒﻮرد‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨامی ﻧﺼﺐ‪/‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺣﻞ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﯿﺎت‬
‫ﻫﯿﭻ ﻧﯿﺮوﯾﯽ ﺑﺮای واﺣﺪ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ منﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬واﺣﺪ را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪاﯾﯽ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪن ]‪ [FADER‬ﺑﺮای ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ ‪ 2‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﻮق ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﯾﮏ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ اﺧﺘﯿﺎری ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﺷام از آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ دروﻧﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫منﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺮو ﯾﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه ﯾﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه و زﻣﺎن درﺳﺖ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﯿﻮز ﭘﺮﯾﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪاﯾﯽ اﯾﺠﺎد ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ وﺿﻌﯿﺖ اﺣﱰاق ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ ﺧﻮرده‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮازم ﯾﺪﮐﯽ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه ﻧﯿﺮوی ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ‬
‫ﻧﯿﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ از ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﯾﺎ ﺑﺮ آن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ منﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺎر ﮐﻨﻨﺪه روی ]‪) [DIM-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (12‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد اﮔﺮ ‪ OFF‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ OFF ‬را روی واﺣﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﮐﺜﯿﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(14‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد درﺣﺎﻟﯿﮑﻪ واﺣﺪ در ﺣﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ روی روﺷﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(12‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻋﻤﻞ منﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ ﺧﺎرج ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ DSPL ‬و )ﻋﻘﺐ(‪ MODE/‬را ﺑﺮای ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫واﺣﺪ ری ﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه در ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﻣﻨﯿﺖ ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬درﺣﺎﻟﯿﮑﻪ راﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ واﺣﺪ را ری ﺳﺖ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪا ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﯾﺰ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺻﺤﯿﺢ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ( رادﯾﻮی داﺧﻠﯽ در ﺷﯿﺸﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ‪/‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﺎری دارد‪ ،‬ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ ‪) REM OUT‬آﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﯿﺪ ﺧﻂ دار( ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﺑﺮق ﯾﺪﮐﯽ )ﻗﺮﻣﺰ( ﺑﻪ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺎﻣﯿﻦ ﻧﯿﺮوی ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه آﻧنت )آﻧنت‬
‫ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ( ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺼﺎل آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ( ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ( ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺑﯿﺮون ﻧﯿﺎﯾﺪ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﱰل ﻧﯿﺮوی‬
‫آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ( را ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ از ﭘﯿﺶ ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺴﯿﺎر ﺿﻌﯿﻒ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪RDS‬‬
‫‪ [- - - - - - - -] PTY‬را منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﺎ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮای ‪ 5‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯽ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫]‪ ،[DEMO-ON‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ [DEMO-OFF] ‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(12‬‬
‫‪16PR‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ‪ RDS‬ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬داده ﻫﺎی ‪ RDS‬درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ منﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪل‪) USB :‬ﴎﻋﺖ‪-‬ﮐﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺟﺮﯾﺎن‪1 A :‬‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻌﺪاد داده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﯾﯽ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻟﺪرﻫﺎ )آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ(‪128 :‬‬
‫رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﻫﺎ )ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ( در ﻫﺮ ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪512 :‬‬
‫ﮐﺪک ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،(.mp3) MP3‬و ‪(.wma) WMA‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ اﻓﺰاﯾﺶ ﻧﯿﺮو‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ‪ :‬ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‬
‫آﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‪ 8 – 4 :‬اﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻧﯿﺮو‪ 55 :‬وات × ‪) 4‬در ‪ 4‬اﻫﻢ(‬
‫ﮐﻠﯿﺎت‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺻﺪا )ﭘﺸﺖ‪ ،‬زﯾﺮ(‬
‫آﻧنت ﻧﯿﺮو‪/‬اﻧﺘﻬﺎی ﮐﻨﱰل ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﯿﺮوی آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ )‪(REM OUT‬‬
‫ورودی ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل ورودی ﮐﻨﱰل ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از راه دور‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﯿﻨﺎل آﻧنت ورودی‬
‫ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ(‬
‫درﮔﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻧﯿﺎزﻣﻨﺪی ﻫﺎی ﻧﯿﺮو‪ 12 V DC :‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ )ﻣﻨﻔﯽ زﻣﯿﻦ )ﺧﺎک((‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 178‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ ‪ 50 x‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ ‪ 177 x‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬
‫)ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﭘﺎﯾﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺪود ‪ 182‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ ‪ 53 x‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ ‪ 160 x‬ﻣﯿﻠﯿﻤﱰ‬
‫)ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫وزن‪ :‬ﺣﺪود ‪ 1.2‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﯾﺎت ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪:‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور )‪RM-X211 :(1‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت )‪ 1‬دﺳﺖ(‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮق ﻧﴩ‬
‫‪ Quick-BrowZer‬ﯾﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ﺑﺮای ‪Sony Corporation‬‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Windows Media‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه ﯾﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری‬
‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬در اﯾﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه و ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﮐﺸﻮرﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﺎﻟﮑﯿﺖ اﺧﱰاﻋﺎت ﴍﮐﺖ ﻣﺎﮐﺮوﺳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪون اﺟﺎزه‬
‫‪ Microsoft‬ﯾﺎ ﯾﮑﯽ از زﯾﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪ ،Microsoft‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫از اﯾﻦ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﯾﺎ ﺗﮑﺜﯿﺮ آن ﺧﺎرج از اﯾﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﮐﯿﺪا ﻣﻤﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪iPod touch ،iPod nano ،iPod classic ،iPod ،iPhone‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎری ‪ ،Apple Inc.‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه در اﯾﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺤﺪه و ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﮐﺸﻮرﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻦ آوری رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬و اﻣﺘﯿﺎزﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻮز از ‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬و ‪.Thomson‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﯾﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری ‪ Google Inc.‬اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﯾﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎری‪ ،‬ﻣﴩوط ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻮزﻫﺎی ‪ Google Permissions‬اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺷام ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻟﻮازم ﯾﺪﮐﯽ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ را‬
‫اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ از ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﯿﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﻗﯿﻖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ و ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺪون اﻃﻼع ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﯾﺎﺑﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪15PR‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺿﻌﯿﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪوده ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻫﱰ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ ﺗﺎزه ‪ CR2025‬ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺑﺎﻃﺮی دﯾﮕﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ رﯾﺴﮏ آﺗﺶ ﯾﺎ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر را داﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ +‬ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎی آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ(‪:‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ( ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ 25 :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‪8 dBf :‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﻦ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‪ 75 dB :‬در ‪ 400‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﯾﺰ‪) 80 dB :‬اﺳﱰﯾﻮ(‬
‫ﺗﻔﮑﯿﮏ‪ 50 dB :‬در ‪ 1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫واﮐﻨﺶ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ 15,000 – 20 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫‪MW‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ را ﺧﺎرج از دﺳﱰس ﮐﻮدﮐﺎن ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺑﻠﻌﯿﺪه ﺷﻮد‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻮرا ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ دﮐﱰ ﻣﺸﺎوره ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ از اﺗﺼﺎل درﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﻣﻄﻤﱧ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ متﺎﯾﻞ ﻗﻄﺒﯽ درﺳﺖ را رﻋﺎﯾﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺎﻃﺮی را ﺑﺎ اﻧﱪک ﻓﻠﺰی ﻧﮕﯿﺮﯾﺪ‪ ،‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﯾﮏ ﻣﺪار ﮐﻮﺗﺎه اﯾﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪ 1,602 - 531 :‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎی آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ(‪:‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ( ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 9,124.5‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﯾﺎ ‪ 9,115.5‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 4.5/‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪26 μV :‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫‪SW‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی در ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫آن را دوﺑﺎره ﺷﺎرژ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎز ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ در آﺗﺶ دور ﻧﯿﻨﺪازﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 7,735 – 2,940 :SW1‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 18,135 – 9,500 :SW2‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮای ‪ 11,575 – 10,140‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎی آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ(‪:‬‬
‫راﺑﻂ آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ( ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 9,124.5‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﯾﺎ ‪ 9,115.5‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 4.5/‬ﮐﯿﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫متﯿﺰ ﮐﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫اﮔﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑني واﺣﺪ و ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ متﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬واﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫درﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔريی از اﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ را ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪ (5‬و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺟﺎروب ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ای متﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧريوی زﻳﺎدی ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻧﱪﻳﺪ‪ .‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﯿﺖ‪26 μV :‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﯿﮕﻨﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﯾﺰ‪95 dB :‬‬
‫واﮐﻨﺶ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ‪ 20,000 – 10 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای اﻣﻨﯿﺖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ از متﯿﺰ ﮐﺮدن اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﺣﱰاق را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬و ﮐﻠﯿﺪ را از‬
‫ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق ﺧﺎرج منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿام ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺧﻮد ﯾﺎ ﯾﮏ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ آﻫﻨﯽ ﳌﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪14PR‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد و ﻟﺮزش‪ :‬ﮐﻤﱰ از ﺣﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﯿﺮی‬
‫رﻣﺰﮔﺬاری ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،(.mp3) MP3‬و ‪(.wma) WMA‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻏﯿﺮ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺎره(‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم اﯾﻦ ﮐﺎر ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ آﺳﯿﺐ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯿﻤﱰی‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺪاﮐرث ﺗﻌﺪاد‪) :‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪(CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻮﻟﺪرﻫﺎ )آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ(‪) 150 :‬ﺑﺎ اﺣﺘﺴﺎب ﻓﻮﻟﺪر رﯾﺸﻪ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎ )ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ( و ﻓﻮﻟﺪرﻫﺎ‪) 300 :‬اﺣﺘامﻻ ﮐﻤﱰ از ‪ 300‬اﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺎم ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺣﺮوف زﯾﺎدی داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺣﺮوف ﻗﺎﺑﻞ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﺮای ﻧﺎم ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ‪) 32 :‬ﺟﻮﻟﯿﺖ(‪64/‬‬
‫)روﻣﺌﻮ(‬
‫‪ ‬اﮔﺮ دﯾﺴﮏ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ﺑﺎ ﯾﮏ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ‪ CD-DA‬ﴍوع ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ‪ CD-DA‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬و ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﺟﻠﺴﺎت ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫منﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺑﺎ ﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﻣﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه‪.‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﯾﺎن رﺳﯿﺪه‪.‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW ‬ﺑﺠﺰ آﻧﻬﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ CD‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﯾﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫‪ MP3‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ ،ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2‬ﺟﻮﻟﯿﺖ‪/‬روﻣﺌﻮ‬
‫ﯾﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﺴﻪ ای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺑﺎره ‪iPod‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪل ﻫﺎی ‪ iPod‬زﯾﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪ .‬دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ‪iPod‬‬
‫ﺧﻮد را ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﯾﺪﺗﺮﯾﻦ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﺑﻪ روز ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Made for‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮای(‬
‫‪) iPod touch ‬ﻧﺴﻞ ‪5‬ام(‬
‫‪) iPod touch ‬ﻧﺴﻞ ‪4‬ام(‬
‫‪) iPod touch ‬ﻧﺴﻞ ‪3‬وم(‬
‫‪) iPod touch ‬ﻧﺴﻞ ‪2‬وم(‬
‫‪iPod classic ‬‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬ﻧﺴﻞ ‪7‬ام(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬ﻧﺴﻞ ‪6‬ام(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬ﻧﺴﻞ ‪5‬ام(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬ﻧﺴﻞ ‪4‬ام(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬ﻧﺴﻞ ‪3‬وم(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬ﻧﺴﻞ ‪2‬وم(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬ﻧﺴﻞ اول(*‬
‫‪iPhone 5 ‬‬
‫‪iPhone 4S ‬‬
‫‪iPhone 4 ‬‬
‫‪iPhone 3GS ‬‬
‫‪iPhone 3G ‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪MP3/WMA‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻟﺪر )آﻟﺒﻮم(‬
‫ﻓﺎﯾﻞ )ﻗﻄﻌﻪ(‬
‫‪MP3/WMA‬‬
‫‪MP3/WMA‬‬
‫* ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﺮای ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ اول( در دﺳﱰس ﻧﯿﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ “Made for iPod” ‬و ”‪ “Made for iPhone‬ﯾﻌﻨﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫اﻟﮑﱰوﻧﯿﮑﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺧﺎص و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ‪iPod‬‬
‫ﯾﺎ ‪ iPhone‬ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ ﺷﺪه و از ﻟﺤﺎظ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮدی ‪ Apple‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺄﯾﯿﺪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ Apple .‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﯿﺘﯽ‬
‫در ﻗﺒﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﯾﺎ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎی ﻧﻈﺎرﺗﯽ ﯾﺎ‬
‫اﯾﻤﻨﯽ ﻧﺪارد‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﯾﻦ وﺳﯿﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ‪ iPod‬ﯾﺎ ‪ iPhone‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﺑﯽ ﺳﯿﻢ ﺗﺄﺛﯿﺮ ﺑﮕﺬارد‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺷام ﺳﻮاﻟﯽ ﯾﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻠﯽ در ﻣﻮرد واﺣﺪ ﺧﻮد دارﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ در اﯾﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ‬
‫راﻫﻨام ﻣﺸﻤﻮل ﻧﺪﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰدﯾﮏ ﺗﺮﯾﻦ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮد ﻣﺸﻮرت‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪13PR‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪) DEMO‬منﺎﯾﺶ(‬
‫منﺎﯾﺶ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪. [OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) BLK OUT‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ(‬
‫ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم درﯾﺎﻓﺖ رادﯾﻮ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ ،CD‬و ﻏﯿﺮه( اﮔﺮ ﻫﯿﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ ﺑﺮای ‪5‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﯾﻨﮑﻪ دوﺑﺎره ﭼﺮاغ ﻫﺎ را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬دﮐﻤﻪ ای را روی واﺣﺪ ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل از راه دور ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪DIMMER‬‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﯾﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) AUTO SCR‬ﭘﯿامﯾﺶ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر(‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﻣﯽ ﭘﯿامﯾﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) M.DISPLAY‬منﺎﯾﺶ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ(‬
‫اﻟﮕﻮﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﺤﺮک را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬واﺣﺪ را ﻗﺒﻼ ﺧﻨﮏ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام در ﻧﻮرﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﭘﺎرک‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮده اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ ﯾﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ آوردﯾﺪ را آﻧﺠﺎ‬
‫رﻫﺎ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬وﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻟﯿﻞ دﻣﺎی‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ در ﻧﻮرﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬آﻧنت )آﻧنت ﻫﻮاﯾﯽ( ﻧﯿﺮو ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻣﯽ ﯾﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻤﻊ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ در داﺧﻞ واﺣﺪ اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﯿﻔﺘﺪ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮏ را ﺧﺎرج ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫و ﺣﺪود ﯾﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺻﱪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺧﺸﮏ ﺷﻮد؛ در ﻏﯿﺮ اﯾﻦ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﯽ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﮐﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷنت ﮐﯿﻔﯿﺖ ﺻﺪای ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺮ روی واﺣﺪ ﯾﺎ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺎﯾﻊ ﻧﺮﯾﺰﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬دﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ را در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮارﺗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮای ﻫﻮای ﮔﺮم و ﻫﻤﭽﻨني در ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎرک ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘامل ﻻروﺑﯽ‬
‫از وﺳﻂ ﺑﻪ ﮐﻨﺎر ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ .‬از ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻫﺎﯾﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺰﯾﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﯿرن و ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎی ﺗﺠﺎری‬
‫در دﺳﱰس را اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻓﴩده )‪(CD‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارﻧﺪ‪ .‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی دوﺳﻮﯾﻪ‬
‫و ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﮑﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺣامﯾﺖ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ‬
‫رﻣﺰﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دﯾﺴﮏ ﻓﴩده )‪ (CD‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﯾﻦ‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﯾﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﯾﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ﻧﻮار ﯾﺎ ﮐﺎﻏﺬ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪ .‬اﯾﻦ ﮐﺎر ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ دﯾﺴﮏ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪12PR‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪SOUND‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(6‬‬
‫‪EQ3 PRESET‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه از ﻣﯿﺎن ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه زﯾﺮ‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﯾﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش‪،[EDGE] ،[VOCAL] ،[XPLOD] :‬‬
‫]‪.[OFF] ،[CUSTOM] ،[GRAVITY] ،[SPACE] ،[CRUISE‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﭙﺮده‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪) CAUT ALM‬ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط(‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) .[OFF] ،[ON] :‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪) .(5‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه در دﺳﱰس اﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫‪BEEP‬‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﺑﯿﺐ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ از زﻣﺎن دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﮏ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ 30 ) [30S] ،[NO] :‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ(‪30) [30M] ،‬‬
‫دﻗﯿﻘﻪ(‪ 60) [60M] ،‬دﻗﯿﻘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ AUX) AUX-A‬رادﯾﻮ(‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ‪ AUX‬را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪) .[OFF] ،[ON] :‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه در دﺳﱰس اﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫‪) CT‬زﻣﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ‪ CT‬را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(7‬‬
‫‪EQ3 SETTING‬‬
‫]‪ [CUSTOM‬ﺑﺮای ‪ EQ3‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪،[MID] ،[LOW] :‬‬
‫]‪.[HIGH‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪن ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮐﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎل ﭘﯿﺶ‬
‫ﻓﺮض‪ ENTER ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪BALANCE‬‬
‫ﺗﻮازن ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪- [CENTER] - [RIGHT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[LEFT-15‬‬
‫‪FADER‬‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰان ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪- [CENTER] - [FRONT-15] :‬‬
‫]‪.[REAR-15‬‬
‫‪) LOUDNESS‬ﺻﺪای ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﯾﺎ(‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺻﺪای ﺷﻔﺎف در ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪای ﮐﻢ ﺻﺪای ﺑﻢ و ﺳﻪ ﻻ را ﺗﻘﻮﯾﺖ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.[OFF] ،[ON] :‬‬
‫‪) SW LEVEL‬ﻣﯿﺰان ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ(‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪای ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪– [+2 dB] :‬‬
‫]‪.[-2 dB] – [0 dB‬‬
‫‪) AUX VOL‬ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪای ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﻣﯿﺰان ﺻﺪای ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﮐﻤﮑﯽ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫]‪.[-8 dB] – [0 dB] – [+18 dB‬‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﯿﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺻﺪای ﺑني ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ را از ﺑﯿﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪11PR‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮش از آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ‬
‫)ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺮش(‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‬
‫‪ SEEK +‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ آﯾﺘﻢ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎم ‪ 10%‬ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮐﻞ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺮش ﮐﺮده اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ ENTER‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ آﯾﺘﻢ دﻟﺨﻮاه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪DEMO‬‬
‫ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺑﻮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮد را ﻟﻐﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ MENU‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫]‪ [DISPLAY‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [DEMO‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [DEMO-OFF‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ( را ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﯾﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ﺑﺎز ﻣﯿﮕﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺑﺘﺪاﯾﯽ‬
‫ﺷام ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻮ را ﺑﺎ روﻧﺪ زﯾﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی زﯾﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ و ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ MENU‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﯾﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪) GENERAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(11‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪) SOUND‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(11‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪) DISPLAY‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(12‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺰﯾﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪10PR‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ iPod/USB‬را ﺑﻪ درﮔﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(6‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻫﻢ اﮐﻨﻮن ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ‪SRC ،‬‬
‫را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [USB‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ‪iPod‬‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ ]‪ [IPD‬در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد(‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا را روی اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪ OFF‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﺮای ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﮑﺮر و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط ﺑﺮای ‪iPhone‬‬
‫)ﺗﮑﺮار( ﯾﺎ ‪ SHUF‬را ﻣﮑﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ دﻟﺨﻮاه‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﮑﺮر ﯾﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﯾﮏ ‪ iPhone‬را ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای‬
‫زﻧﮓ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ iPhone‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‪ .‬در ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻏﯿﺮﻋﻤﺪی ﺻﺪای واﺣﺪ را زﯾﺎد ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬زﯾﺮا ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫متﺎم ﺷﻮد ﻣﻤﮑﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﻓﺰاﯾﺶ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﺻﺪا ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ‪) ،‬ﺗﮑﺮار( را ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﮑﺮر‪ ،‬ﯾﺎ ‪ SHUF‬را‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ در دﺳﱰس ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺻﺪای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﯾﮏ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎم‬
‫)™‪(Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﯾﮏ ‪) iPod‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ(‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ MODE‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫]‪ [MODE IPOD‬منﺎﯾﺎن ﺷﻮد و ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮد ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ iPod‬را‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎل ﺳﺎزد‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ واﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﮐﻨﱰل ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‬
‫‪ MODE‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [MODE AUDIO‬منﺎﯾﺎن ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ CD‬ﯾﺎ ‪) ،USB‬ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ(* را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ منﺎﯾﺎن ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯿﮑﻪ ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ( را ﻣﮑﺮرا‬
‫* در ﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ‪) ،‬ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( را ﺑﺮای ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿام ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای ﻟﯿﺴﺖ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی دﻟﺨﻮاه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﯾﯿﺪ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ 2‬را ﺗﮑﺮار ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه را ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪9PR‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ داده ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫)‪(RDS‬‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ )‪(PTY‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫دﯾﺴﮏ را وارد ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﻃﺮف ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫از ‪ PTY‬ﺑﺮای منﺎﯾﺶ ﯾﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ PTY‬را درﻃﻮل درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ‪ FM‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ دﻟﺨﻮاه منﺎﯾﺎن‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺮای ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﯽ منﺎﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪) NEWS‬اﺧﺒﺎر(‪) AFFAIRS ،‬اﻣﻮر ﺟﺎری(‪) INFO ،‬اﻃﻼﻋﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪) SPORT‬ورزش(‪) EDUCATE ،‬ﺗﺤﺼﯿﻞ(‪) DRAMA ،‬منﺎﯾﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CULTURE‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮓ(‪) SCIENCE ،‬ﻋﻠﻢ(‪) VARIED ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﺮﻗﻪ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) POP M‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﭘﺎپ(‪) ROCK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ راک(‪EASY M ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻣﻮر(‪) LIGHT M ،‬ﮐﻼﺳﯿﮏ ﻣﻔﺮح(‪) CLASSICS ،‬ﮐﻼﺳﯿﮏ‬
‫ﺟﺪی(‪) OTHER M ،‬ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻫﺎ(‪) WEATHER ،‬آب و ﻫﻮا(‪،‬‬
‫‪) FINANCE‬اﻗﺘﺼﺎد(‪) CHILDREN ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﮐﻮدﮐﺎن(‪SOCIAL ،‬‬
‫‪) A‬اﻣﻮر اﺟﺘامﻋﯽ(‪) RELIGION ،‬ﻣﺬﻫﺐ(‪) PHONE IN ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ زﻧﺪه(‪) TRAVEL ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮت(‪) LEISURE ،‬ﺗﻔﺮﯾﺢ(‪JAZZ ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﺟﺎز(‪) COUNTRY ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﮐﺎﻧﱰی(‪NATION M ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻣﻠﯽ(‪) OLDIES ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ ﻗﺪﯾﻤﯽ(‪) FOLK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﯿﻘﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﯽ(‪) DOCUMENT ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ زﻣﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ )‪(CT‬‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ‪ CT‬از ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮه ‪ ،RDS‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪8PR‬‬
‫]‪ [CT-ON‬را در ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت ‪ GENERAL‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(11‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪iPod/USB‬‬
‫در اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ‪ “iPod” ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﯾﮏ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﮐﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎت ‪ iPod‬ﺑﺮ روی ﯾﮏ ‪ iPod‬و ‪ iPhone‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮاﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﻃﻮر دﯾﮕﺮی در ﻣنت ﯾﺎ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری ‪ iPod‬ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺶ ”درﺑﺎره ‪“iPod‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (13‬را ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﯾﺎ از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (18‬ﺑﺎزدﯾﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ USB‬ﻧﻮع ‪) MSC‬ﮐﻼس ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺳﺎزی ﺣﺠﯿﻢ( )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺶ دراﯾﻮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﯾﺎ ﭘﻠﯿﺮ دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎﻟﯽ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ (AndroidTM‬ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﻨﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﯾﺎ ﭘﻠﯿﺮ دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎل ﯾﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ ،Android‬ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺮ روی ‪ MSC‬ﴐوری اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﯿﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮد‪ ،‬از ﺳﺎﯾﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎن )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(18‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزدﯾﺪ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA‬زﯾﺮ ﭘﺸﺘﯿﺒﺎﻧﯽ منﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻓﴩده ﺑﺪون ﮐﴪی‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣامﯾﺖ ﺣﻖ ﻧﴩ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪) DRM‬ﻣﺪﯾﺮﯾﺖ ﺣﻘﻮق دﯾﺠﯿﺘﺎﻟﯽ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﯾﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ‪-‬ﮐﺎﻧﺎﻟﯽ‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه دﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‪ SRC ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [TUNER‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ذﺧﯿﺮه ﮐﺮدن ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر )‪(BTM‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫درﺣﺎﻟﯿﮑﻪ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ را ﺑﺮای ذﺧﯿﺮه درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﯾﮏ دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (6‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫]‪ [MEM‬منﺎﯾﺎن ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫درﯾﺎﻓﺖ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﯾﮏ دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (6‬را ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MODE‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )‪،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬‬
‫‪ SW1 ،MW‬ﯾﺎ ‪ (SW2‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MENU‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫]‪ [GENERAL‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [BTM‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ‪ ،‬اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﯿﺐ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺮ روی دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺷامره ذﺧﯿﺮه ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ MODE‬را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )‪،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬‬
‫‪ SW1 ،MW‬ﯾﺎ ‪ (SW2‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ دﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫‪ SEEK +/‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ ﺗﻘﺮﯾﺒﯽ را‬‫ﺗﻌﯿﯿﻦ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ SEEK +/-‬را ﻣﮑﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ دﻗﯿﻘﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺮﮐﺎﻧﺲ دﻟﺨﻮاه ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻣﻮج ﯾﺎﺑﯽ ﺧﻮدﮐﺎر‬
‫‪ SEEK +/‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‬‫وﻗﺘﯽ واﺣﺪ ﯾﮏ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﯿﺎﺑﺪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﯾﻦ‬
‫روﻧﺪ را اداﻣﻪ دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ اﯾﻨﮑﻪ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه دﻟﺨﻮاه درﯾﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪7PR‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ MENU‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫]‪ [GENERAL‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [CLOCK-ADJ‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل دﯾﮕﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و دﻗﯿﻘﻪ را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای واﺣﺪ را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل را ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﯾﮏ ﺳﯿﻢ اﺗﺼﺎل* )ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪه( ﺑﻪ ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﯿﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮏ اﺳﱰﯾﻮ( ﺑﺮ روی‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫* اﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ از دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﯾﯽ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ رﻗﻤﯽ‪ SEEK +/- ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﻗﯿﻘﻪ‪ MENU ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎر ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‪ DSPL ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪iPod/USB‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪای واﺣﺪ را ﮐﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪ iPod/USB‬را ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ ،iPod/iPhone‬از ﮐﺎﺑﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ‪ USB‬ﺑﺮای ‪iPod‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ‪iPhone 5‬‬
‫‪6PR‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪ SRC‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ]‪ [AUX‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻄﺒﯿﻖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﯾﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل را ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪای ﻣﯿﺎﻧﮕﯿﻦ ﴍوع ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪ ،‬و درﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺪای ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺮ روی واﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ MENU‬را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]‪ [AUX VOL]  [SOUND‬را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(11‬‬
‫رﯾﻤﻮت ‪RM-X211‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﴍوع ﮐﺎر‬
‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ را ﺟﺪا ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﴎﻗﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ OFF ‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ رﻫﺎﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ را ﻓﺸﺎر داده ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﯿﺪن‬
‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن آن را ﺑﺮدارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ‪) VOL +‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا( ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﳌﺴﯽ دارد‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻮار روﮐﺶ را ﺑﺮدارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺳﻮﺋﯿﭻ اﺣﱰاق را ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﯿﺖ ‪ OFF‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‪ ،‬ﻫﺸﺪار اﺣﺘﯿﺎط ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا درﻣﯽ آﯾﺪ‪ .‬اﯾﻦ ﻫﺸﺪار‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ درﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا درﻣﯽ آﯾﺪ ﮐﻪ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﯾﺮ دروﻧﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫‪) ATT ‬ﺗﻀﻌﯿﻒ ﮐﺮدن(‬
‫ﺗﻀﻌﯿﻒ ﺻﺪا‪ .‬دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻀﻌﯿﻒ ﺻﺪا ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪SOUND ‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿام ﻣﻨﻮی ‪ SOUND‬را ﺑﺎز ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU-‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ را ﺑﺎز ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ()/ (+)/ (–)/ ()/ENTER ‬‬
‫آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ‪ ،‬و ﻏﯿﺮه ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ‪ ///‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) VOL ‬درﺟﻪ ﺻﺪا( ‪+/-‬‬
‫‪5PR‬‬
‫راﻫﻨامی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ‬
‫واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫دﮐﻤﻪ ﺷامره ‪/3‬‬
‫)ﺗﮑﺮار( ﯾﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﳌﺴﯽ دارد‪.‬‬
‫‪) SRC ‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ(‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را روﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪OFF-‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﯾﮏ ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﺑﯿﺶ از ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﯿﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه و ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬منﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﯿﺪ از‬
‫رﯾﻤﻮت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ رﻫﺎﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‬
‫‪SEEK +/- ‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮ ﺑﻄﻮرﺧﻮدﮐﺎر‪ .‬ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ دﺳﺘﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(9‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫درﻃﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ وارد ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﻘﺐ(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﮔﺮدﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(9 ،7‬‬
‫‪) PTY ‬ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ(‬
‫‪ PTY‬را در ‪ RDS‬اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬دﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷامره )‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪(6‬‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎی رادﯾﻮ ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﺪه‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫اﯾﺴﺘﮕﺎه ذﺧﯿﺮه ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ALBUM /‬‬
‫‪) /‬ﺑﻌﺪ‪/‬ﻗﺒﻞ( ‪) /‬ﴎﯾﻊ‪-‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ‪/‬ﻣﻌﮑﻮس(‬
‫ﭘﺮش از ﯾﮏ آﻟﺒﻮم ﺑﺮای دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﺪا‪ .‬ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ از‬
‫آﻟﺒﻮم ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﺮش ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺗﮑﺮار(‬
‫‪) SHUF‬ﺑﺎﻫﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﮐﺮدن(‬
‫وارد آﯾﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﯽ ﺷﻮﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﮐﻨﱰل ﭼﺮﺧﺎن‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺻﺪا ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ را ﺑﺎز ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﮔﯿﺮﻧﺪه ﻓﺮﻣﺎن از راه دور‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﺎی دﯾﺴﮏ‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‬
‫‪4PR‬‬
‫‪)  ‬ﺑﯿﺮون آوردن دﯾﺴﮏ(‬
‫‪) DSPL ‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﯾﺾ آﯾﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ‪.‬‬
‫‪) SCRL‬ﭘﯿامﯾﺶ(‬‫ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﯿﺪ و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ ﺗﺎ ﯾﮏ آﯾﺘﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ را ﺑﭙﯿامﯾﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﯿﺶ ورودی ‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ ‬درﮔﺎه ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫راﻫﻨامی ﻗﻄﻌﺎت و ﮐﻨﱰل ﻫﺎ‪4 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﴍوع ﮐﺎر‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫اﺣﺘﯿﺎط ﻫﺎ‪12 ..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری ‪14 ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﯽ‪14 ...........................................................................‬‬
‫رﻓﻊ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ‪16 .................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺟﺪا ﮐﺮدن ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﯾﯽ‪5 ...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪6 ................................................................................‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪6 .................................................... iPod/USB‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل دﯾﮕﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺻﻮت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‪6 ...........................................‬‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‬
‫ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﯾﻮ‪7 .......................................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﯿﺴﺘﻢ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت رادﯾﻮﯾﯽ )‪8 ................................. (RDS‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﮏ دﯾﺴﮏ ‪8 ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﯾﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ‪8 ..................................................... iPod/USB‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻫﺎ‪9 ..............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿامت‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪10 .................................................................... DEMO‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ اﺑﺘﺪاﯾﯽ‪10 ....................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪11 ....................................................................GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪11 ....................................................................... SOUND‬‬
‫‪11 ................................................................. EQ3 PRESET‬‬
‫‪11 ............................................................... EQ3 SETTING‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ‪12 ...................................................................... DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪3PR‬‬
‫ﺣﺘام اﯾﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺮای اﯾﻤﻨﯽ در داﺷﺒﻮرد اﺗﻮﻣﺒﯿﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‪ ،‬دﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‪/‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺿﻤﯿﻤﻪ ﺷﺪه را‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ منﺎﯾﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫وﯾﮋﮔﯽ ﻫﺎی دﯾﻮد ﻟﯿﺰر‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺪت اﻧﺘﺸﺎر‪ :‬ﭘﯿﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻟﯿﺰر‪ :‬ﮐﻤﱰ از ‪ 53.3‬ﻣﯿﮑﺮو وات‬
‫)اﯾﻦ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪار اﻧﺪازه ﮔﯿﺮی ﺷﺪه در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 200‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰی از‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺷﯿﺌﯽ روی ﺑﻠﻮک ﭘﯿﮏ آپ ﻧﻮری ﺑﺎ روزﻧﻪ ‪ 7‬ﻣﯿﻠﯽ ﻣﱰی اﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻧﮑﺎت در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﯿﺘﯿﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺷﺪﯾﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﯿﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﯿﺪ‪ ،‬آﺗﺶ ﯾﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آن ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺧﻄﺎر اﮔﺮ اﺣﱰاق ﻣﺎﺷﯿﻦ ﺷام ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯿﺖ ‪ ACC‬ﻧﺪارد‬
‫اﻃﻤﯿﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ‪ AUTO OFF‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪ .(11‬ﭘﺲ از اﯾﻨﮑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬اﯾﻦ واﺣﺪ ﮐﺎﻣﻼ و ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﯿﮏ‬
‫در زﻣﺎن ﻣﻘﺮر ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﮐﻪ از ﺗﺤﻠﯿﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﺮی ﺟﻠﻮﮔﯿﺮی ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ‪ AUTO OFF‬را ﺗﻨﻈﯿﻢ ﻧﮑﻨﯿﺪ‪ OFF ،‬را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﻪ دارﯾﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎاﯾﻨﮑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ منﺎﯾﺶ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﻮد ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﮐﻪ اﺣﱰاق را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2PR‬‬
‫إذا مل ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺤﻠﻮل ﻋﲆ ﺗﺤﺴني اﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة وﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎت‬
‫‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫إذا أﺧﺬت اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻹﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﰲ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪،CD‬‬
‫أﺣﴬ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺪأت اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/‬‬
‫‪18AR‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪام اﻟﺼﻮيت )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(13‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪.MP3/WMA‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ وﻧﺴﺨﺔ إﺻﺪار ‪.MP3/WMA‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت واﻟﺼﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪ MP3/WMA‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ أﻃﻮل ﻣﻦ ﻏريﻫﺎ ﻟيك ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪IPD STOP‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎن اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺘﻜﺮر ﻏري ﻣﻔ ّﻌﻞ‪ ،‬اﻧﺘﻬﻰ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﰲ‬
‫اﻷﻟﺒﻮم‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ إﻧﻬﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPod/‬‬
‫‪.iPhone‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ PAUSE‬ﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪) NO DEV‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺟﻬﺎز )وﺣﺪة((‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ [USB‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪر ومل ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ‪ .USB‬ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ وﺣﺪة‬
‫‪ USB‬أو ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USB‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬وﻛﺒﻞ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪NO MUSIC‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ أﻃﻮل ﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺒﻨﻴﺔ )ﻫﻴﻜﻞ( ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ اﳌﺮاﺣﻞ اﳌﺘﻌﺪدة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ إﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أو وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ِ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪث ّ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻴﺎت ﻟﻠﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪OVERLOAD‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ أو ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻨﻚ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﱪ وﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أن مت ّﻴﺰ وﺣﺪات ‪ USB‬ﻋﱪ وﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ ﻃﻮﻳ ًﻼ ﻟيك ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺗﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ذات ﺑﻨﻴﺔ )ﻫﻴﻜﻞ( ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺼﻮت أن ﻳﻜﻮن ﻣﺘﻘﻄ ًﻌﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪّل ﺑِﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ 320‬ك‬
‫ب‪/‬ث‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﻣﺤ ّﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ زاﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻓﺼﻞ وﺣﺪة ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴري اﳌﺼﺪر ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪.SRC‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ‪ ،‬أو ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ وﺣﺪة ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) PUSH EJT‬اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻺﺧﺮاج(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ إﺧﺮاج اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪) ‬اﻹﺧﺮاج(‪.‬‬
‫‪READ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﻘﺮاءة ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت واﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت اﳌﻮﺟﻮدة‬
‫ﻋﲆ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﻟﺤني إمتﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺮاءة وﺑﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪ .‬ميﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ أن ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق أﻛرث ﻣﻦ دﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬وذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ USB) USB NO SUPRT‬ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ(‬
‫ﻋﺮض اﻷﺧﻄﺎء‪/‬اﻹﺧﻄﺎرات‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ أو ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﰲ وﺿﻊ ﻣﻘﻠﻮب‪.‬‬
‫أدﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أو ِ‬
‫ﺗﻢ إدﺧﺎل اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻓﺎرﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ وﺟﻮد ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أدﺧﻞ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ِ ‬‬
‫مل ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﻌ ّﺮف ﻋﲆ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻟﻨﺰع اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺣﺪة ‪ّ USB‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫]‬
‫[ أو ]‬
‫[‬
‫‪ ‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ أو اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﴪﻳﻊ‪ ،‬وﺻﻠﺖ إﱃ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ أو ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ وﻻ‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﻘﺪّم أﻛرث‪.‬‬
‫] [‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮض رﻣﺰ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) HUB NO SUPRT‬اﻟﻮﺻﻼت اﳌﺸﱰﻛﺔ )اﻟﺠامﻋﻴﺔ( ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ وﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬اﳌﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪17AR‬‬
‫ﺗﺤ ّﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺔ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪك ﰲ ﺣﻞ اﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮاﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻓﻴام ﻳﺨﺺ‬
‫وﺣﺪﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﺔ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﳌﺮاﺟﻌﺔ أدﻧﺎه‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ ﺧﻄﻮات اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ واﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل اﺳﺘﻌامل اﻟﻔﻴﻮز وﻧﺰع اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ اﻟﻌﺪادات‪،‬‬
‫راﺟﻊ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت اﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫إذا مل ﺗ َُﺤﻞ اﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ إﱃ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة واﺧﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض ﻣﻦ‪/‬ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺨ ّﻔﺖ ُﻣﻌ ّﺪ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ]‪) [DIM-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(12‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض )ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( إذا ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑﻘﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة إﱃ أن ﺗﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(14‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض )ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( أﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎم ُﻣﻌﺪّة ﻋﲆ وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(12‬‬
‫أزرار اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺧﺮاج اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ DSPL‬و )اﻟﻌﻮدة(‪ MODE/‬ﳌﺪة ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني ﻹﻋﺎدة‬
‫إﻋﺪاد )إﻋﺎدة ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ( اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ إﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ إﻋﺎدة اﻹﻋﺪاد أﺛﻨﺎء ﻗﻴﺎدﺗﻚ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺿﻊ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ اﳌﻀﺎﺋﻞ ]‪ [FADER‬ﻏري ﻣﻀﺒﻮط ﻟﻨﻈﺎم ذي ﺳامﻋﺘَﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺒري‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐامت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻀﺨّ ﻢ ﻗﺪرة اﺧﺘﻴﺎري وأﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم اﳌﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﳌﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫امنﺴﺤﺖ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة )اﻟﺘﻴﺎر( اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ أو اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أو مل ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬام ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ واﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫اﺣﱰق اﻟﻔﻴﻮز‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪر ﺿﻮﺿﺎء ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ وﺿﻊ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻷﺳﻼك ﻏري ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ّ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜامﻟﻴﺎت ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ أو اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا اﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ 5‬دﻗﺎﺋﻖ دون ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸــﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮن‬
‫]‪ [DEMO-ON‬ﻣﻔ ّﻌ ًﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﺪاد ﻋﲆ ]‪) [DEMO-OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(12‬‬
‫‪16AR‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ اﻹذاﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء ﺗﺤﺠﺐ اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻣﺠﻬّﺰة ﺑﻬﻮايئ ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ ﻣﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ اﻟﺰﺟﺎج اﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ‪/‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪) REM OUT‬ﻣﺨﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻧني اﻷزرق‪/‬‬
‫اﻷﺑﻴﺾ( أو ﺳﻠﻚ إﻣﺪاد اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜامﻟﻴﺎت )أﺣﻤﺮ( ﺑﻄﺮف‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ اﻟﺨﺎص مبﻌﺰّز ﻫﻮايئ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮايئ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﺗﻌ ّﺬر ﻣ ّﺪ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ‪ ،‬اﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‬
‫اﻵﱄ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻏري ﻣﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬إﺷﺎرة اﻟﺒﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪًا‪.‬‬
‫‪RDS‬‬
‫وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ PTY‬ﺗﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ]‪.[- - - - - - - -‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬مل ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻼم ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺤﺪّد ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼت ‪USB‬‬
‫واﺟﻬﺔ اﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪) USB :‬ﴎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎر‪ 1 :‬أﻣﺒري‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ متﻴﻴﺰﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات )اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت(‪128 :‬‬
‫اﳌﻠﻔﺎت )اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت( ﻟﻜﻞ ﻓﻮﻟﺪر‪512 :‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ّ‬
‫وﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري اﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮة‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،(.mp3) MP3‬و ‪(.wma) WMA‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ّ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ اﻟﻘﺪرة‬
‫اﻟﺨﺮج‪ :‬ﻣﺨﺎرج اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎوﻗﺔ اﻟﺴامﻋﺎت‪ 8 – 4 :‬أوم‬
‫اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﺨﺮج اﻟﻘﺪرة‪) 4 × W 55 :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 4‬أوم(‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬
‫اﳌﺨﺎرج‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﺨﺎرج اﻟﺼﻮت )ﺧﻠﻔﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ(‬
‫ﻃﺮف اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ‪/‬ﻣﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﻟﻘﺪرة )‪(REM OUT‬‬
‫اﳌﺪاﺧﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮف دﺧﻞ وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺮف دﺧﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎت اﻟﻘﺪرة اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﺗﻴﺎر ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )أرﴈ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ(‬
‫اﻷﺑﻌﺎد‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻮاﱃ ‪ 178‬ﻣﻢ ‪ 50 x‬ﻣﻢ ‪ 177 x‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫)ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫أﺑﻌﺎد اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻮاﱃ ‪ 182‬ﻣﻢ ‪ 53 x‬ﻣﻢ ‪ 160 x‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫)ﻋﺮض‪/‬ارﺗﻔﺎع‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﻮاﱃ ‪ 1.2‬ﻛﺠﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﻌﺒﻮة‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )ﻋﺪد ‪(1‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ )ﻋﺪد ‪RM-X211 :(1‬‬
‫أﺟﺰاء ﻟﻠﱰﻛﻴﺐ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت )‪ 1‬ﻃﻘﻢ(‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ Quick-BrowZer‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪.Sony Corporation‬‬
‫ُﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Windows Media‬إﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ أو ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﰲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت اﳌﺘﺤﺪة و‪/‬أو دول أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا ا ُﳌﻨﺘَﺞ ﻣﺤﻤﻲ مبﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ .Microsoft Corporation‬اﺳﺘﻌامل أو ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺧﺎرج‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻫﺬا ا ُﳌﻨﺘَﺞ ﻣﺤﻈﻮر إﻻ ﺑﱰﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬أو ﴍﻛﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬وﺣﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ iPhone‬و‪ iPod‬و‪ iPod classic‬و‪ iPod nano‬و‬
‫‪ iPod touch‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ ،Apple Inc.‬ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰲ اﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎت‬
‫اﳌﺘﺤﺪة ودول أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاءات اﻻﺧﱰاع وﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻔري ﺻﻮت ‪ MPEG Layer-3‬ﻣﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬و ‪.Thomson‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Google Inc.‬اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻫﺬه اﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺠﺎرﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﺘﴫﻳﺢ ‪.Google Permissions‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺎت اﳌﺪرﺟﺔ أﻋﻼه‪ُ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺆال اﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت اﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ واﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴري دون إﺷﻌﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪15AR‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪال ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻮاﻟﻒ اﻟﺒﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺪى وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺼ ًريا‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺒﺪل اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮم ‪ CR2025‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪة‪ .‬اﺳﺘﻌامل أي ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‬
‫أﺧﺮى ميﻜﻦ أن ﻳﻨﻄﻮي ﻋﲆ ﺧﻄﺮ اﻟﺤﺮﻳﻖ أو اﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫اﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ اﳌﻮﺟﺐ ‪ +‬ﻟﻸﻋﲆ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬م ﻫـ‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪ 25 :‬ك ﻫـ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ اﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌامل‪ 8 :‬دﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ق‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ اﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر‪ 75 dB :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 400‬ك ﻫـ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪) 80 dB :‬ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ(‬
‫اﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ 50 dB :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ك ﻫـ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰددات‪ 15,000 – 20 :‬ﻫـ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم‬
‫‪ ‬اﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم ﺑﻌﻴﺪًا ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎول اﻷﻃﻔﺎل‪ .‬إذا ﺗﻢ اﺑﺘﻼع اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻔﻮر‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻣﺴﺢ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗامش ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮدة اﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺘﻘ ّﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ اﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ متﺴﻚ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ مبﻠﻘﺎط ﻣﻌﺪين‪ ،‬وإﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺤﺪث متﺎس ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‪.‬‬
‫‪MW‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ‪ 1,602 - 531 :‬ك ﻫـ‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 9,124.5‬ك ﻫـ أو ‪ 9,115.5‬ك ﻫـ‪ 4.5/‬ك ﻫـ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ إذا أﺳﻴﺊ اﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎدة ﺷﺤﻦ اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ أو ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻜﻬﺎ أو إﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﰲ اﻟﻨﺎر‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳌﻮﺻّ ﻼت‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﺑني اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪة أﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ّ‬
‫واﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﳌﻨﻊ ذﻟﻚ‪ ،‬اﻓﺼﻞ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(5‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻘﻄﻦ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪم ﻗﻮة زاﺋﺪة‪ .‬وإﻻ‬
‫وﻧﻈﻒ ّ‬
‫اﳌﻮﺻﻼت‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ّ‬
‫‪SW‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎق ﻣﻮاﻟﻔﺔ اﻟﺒﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 7,735 – 2,940 :SW1‬ك ﻫـ‬
‫‪ 18,135 – 9,500 :SW2‬ك ﻫـ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ‪ 11,575 – 10,140‬ك ﻫـ(‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 9,124.5‬ك ﻫـ أو ‪ 9,115.5‬ك ﻫـ‪ 4.5/‬ك ﻫـ‬
‫اﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮوﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ اﻹﺷﺎرة إﱃ اﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎء‪95 dB :‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﱰددات‪ 20,000 – 10 :‬ﻫـ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻦ أﺟﻞ اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬أو ِﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ اﳌﻮﺻّ ﻼت‪ ،‬واﻧﺰع اﳌﻔﺘﺎح‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ اﳌﻮﺻّ ﻼت أﺑﺪًا ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ أو ﺑﺄي ﺟﻬﺎز ﻣﻌﺪين‪.‬‬
‫‪14AR‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎوت اﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎت واﻟﺨﻔﻘﺎن‪ :‬أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ اﻟﺤﺪ اﻟﺬي ميﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻴﻎ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري ّ‬
‫وﻓﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻔري اﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮة‪:‬‬
‫‪ ،(.mp3) MP3‬و ‪(.wma) WMA‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ذات اﻷﺷﻜﺎل ﻏري اﻟﻌﺎدﻳﺔ )ﻣﺜ ًﻼ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﺐ أو‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ أو ﻧﺠﻤﺔ(‪ .‬ﻣﺤﺎوﻟﺔ اﻟﻘﻴﺎم مبﺜﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ميﻜﻦ أن ﺗﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻣﻘﺎس ‪ 8‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﺤﺪ اﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻌﺪد‪ CD-R/CD-RW) :‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪ ‬اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات )اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت(‪) 150 :‬مبﺎ ﰲ ذﻟﻚ اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪر اﻟﺠﺬري(‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﻠﻔﺎت )اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت( واﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪرات‪) 300 :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮن أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 300‬إذا ﻛﺎن اﺳﻢ اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬اﳌﻠﻒ ﻳﺤﺘﻮي ﻋﲆ ﻋﺪد ﻛﺒري ﻣﻦ رﻣﻮز‬
‫)ﺣﺮوف( اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫‪ ‬رﻣﻮز )ﺣﺮوف وأرﻗﺎم وﻋﻼﻣﺎت( اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ميﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪر‪/‬اﳌﻠﻒ‪) 32 :‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﻴﺖ(‪) 64/‬روﻣﻴﻮ(‬
‫‪ ‬إذا ﺑﺪأت اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ مبﺮﺣﻠﺔ ‪ ،CD-DA‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫متﻴﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻋﲆ أﻧﻬﺎ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ ،CD-DA‬وﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت‬
‫اﳌﺮاﺣﻞ اﻷﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ مبﺴﺘﻮى ﺟﻮدة ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺟﻬﺎز ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮاﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬اﳌﺨﺘﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏري ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻏري ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪ CD‬اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ أو ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ‪ MP3‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﻳري ‪ISO9660‬‬
‫‪ Level 1/Level 2‬أو ﺟﻮﻟﻴﻴﺖ‪/‬روﻣﻴﻮ أو اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪد‬
‫اﳌﺮاﺣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﻠﻔﺎت ‪MP3/WMA‬‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪر )اﻷﻟﺒﻮم(‬
‫‪MP3/WMA‬‬
‫ﺣﻮل ‪iPod‬‬
‫‪ ‬ميﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮز ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪iPod‬‬
‫إﱃ أﺣﺪث ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪام‪.‬‬
‫‪) Made for‬ﻣﺼﻨﻮع ﻷﺟﻞ(‬
‫‪) iPod touch ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ(‬
‫‪) iPod touch ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪) iPod touch ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‬
‫‪) iPod touch ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺜﺎين(‬
‫‪iPod classic ‬‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺴﺎدس(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺨﺎﻣﺲ(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺮاﺑﻊ(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻟﺜﺎين(‬
‫‪) iPod nano ‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻷول(*‬
‫‪iPhone 5 ‬‬
‫‪iPhone 4S ‬‬
‫‪iPhone 4 ‬‬
‫‪iPhone 3GS ‬‬
‫‪iPhone 3G ‬‬
‫* ﺗﺤ ّﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻛﺎب ﻏري ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪) iPod nano‬اﻟﺠﻴﻞ اﻷول(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”‪ “Made for iPod‬وﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”‪“Made for iPhone‬‬
‫أﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ إﻟﻜﱰوين ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ﺑﺠﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬أو‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ iPhone‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺘﻮاﱄ وﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ اﻋﺘامده ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ اﳌﻄﻮر ﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎء مبﻌﺎﻳري‬
‫اﻷداء اﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﴩﻛﺔ ‪ .Apple‬ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Apple‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺠﻬﺎز أو ﺗﻮاﻓﻘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳري اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ واﳌﻌﺎﻳري اﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ أن اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻫﺬا اﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬أو ‪iPhone‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﲆ أداء اﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ اﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ )ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ(‬
‫‪MP3/WMA‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ أي أﺳﺌﻠﺔ أو واﺟﻬﺘﻚ أي ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺗﻚ ومل‬
‫ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬا اﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎرة وﻛﻴﻞ ‪ Sony‬اﻷﻗﺮب إﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪13AR‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )اﻟﻌﺮض ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‬
‫‪DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪) DEMO‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪) [ON] :‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪) [OFF] ،‬إﻳﻘﺎف(‪.‬‬
‫‪) BLK OUT‬اﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ اﻟﺘﺎم(‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻒ اﻹﺿﺎءة ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ ﻷي ﻣﺼﺪر )ﻣﺜ ًﻼ أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ اﻹذاﻋﻲ‪/‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ ،CD‬إﻟﺦ( إذا اﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ 5‬ﺛﻮان دون ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ‬
‫أي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪) [ON] :‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪) [OFF] ،‬إﻳﻘﺎف(‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎدة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻹﺿﺎءة‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ أي زر ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أو وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) DIMMER‬اﳌﺨ ّﻔﺖ(‬
‫ﻳﻐري ﺳﻄﻮع اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪) [ON] :‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪) [OFF] ،‬إﻳﻘﺎف(‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪) AUTO SCR‬اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪) [ON] :‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪[OFF] ،‬‬
‫)إﻳﻘﺎف(‪.‬‬
‫‪) M.DISPLAY‬اﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺤﺮيك(‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮض ً‬
‫أمنﺎﻃﺎ ﻣﺘﺤ ّﺮﻛﺔ‪) [ON] :‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪) [OFF] ،‬إﻳﻘﺎف(‪.‬‬
‫‪12AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬اﺗﺮك اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻟﺘﱪد إذا ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻠﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ أو اﻷﺟﻬﺰة اﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ إﺣﻀﺎرﻫﺎ إﱃ‬
‫داﺧﻞ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة أن ُﺗﱰَك ﰲ اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺘﺴ ّﺒﺐ ذﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻔﻌﻞ درﺟﺔ اﻟﺤﺮارة اﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣ ّﺪ اﻟﻬﻮايئ اﻵﱄ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜ ّﺜﻒ اﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫إذا ﺣﺪث ﺗﻜﺜّﻒ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ داﺧﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ ،‬اﻧﺰع اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ واﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﳌﺪة‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ًﺒﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺠﻒ؛ وإﻻ ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻮدة ﺻﻮت ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪع اﻟﺴﻮاﺋﻞ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة أو اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﺗﻌ ّﺮض اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت ﻟﻀﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ أو ﳌﺼﺎدر اﻟﺤﺮارة ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺮ اﻟﻬﻮاء اﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪ ،‬وﻻ ﺗﱰﻛﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎرة ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮء اﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫اﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪ ،‬اﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺨﺮﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎد ًﺋﺎ ﻣﻦ اﳌﺮﻛﺰ وﻣﺘﺠﻬًﺎ ﻧﺤﻮ اﻟﺤﻮاف‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎت ﻣﺜﻞ اﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ أو اﻟﻨرث أو‬
‫اﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎت اﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮة ﰲ اﻷﺳﻮاق‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺼ ّﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼت اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ‬
‫اﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ اﳌﻌﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ‬
‫)‪ .(CD‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺰدوﺟﺔ وﺑﻌﺾ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ اﳌﺸ ّﻔﺮة‬
‫ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎت ﺣامﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﴍوط اﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ‬
‫اﳌﻌﻴﺎرﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺪﻣﺠﺔ )‪ ،(CD‬ﻟﺬا ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺎت اﳌﺜ ّﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎت أو ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎت أو أﴍﻃﺔ ﻻﺻﻘﺔ‬
‫أو ورق‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬا اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ميﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﺴ ّﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺪوث ﺧﻠﻞ أو ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻠﻒ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم ‪GENERAL‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت ‪SOUND‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(6‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﳌﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ ‪EQ3 PRESET‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ أو ﻳﻘﻮم‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف‪،[EDGE] ،[VOCAL] ،[XPLOD] :‬‬
‫]‪.[OFF] ،[CUSTOM] ،[GRAVITY] ،[SPACE] ،[CRUISE‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ إﻋﺪاد ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﰲ اﻟﺬاﻛﺮة ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫‪) CAUT ALM‬ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪) [ON] :‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪) [OFF] ،‬إﻳﻘﺎف(‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪) .(5‬ﻣﺘﺎح ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪(.‬‬
‫‪BEEP‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺻﻮت ﻧﻐامت اﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪) [ON] :‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪[OFF] ،‬‬
‫)إﻳﻘﺎف(‪.‬‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗِﻒ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪة زﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪:‬‬
‫]‪) [NO‬ﻻ(‪ 30) [30S] ،‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(‪ 30) [30M] ،‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪[60M] ،‬‬
‫)‪ 60‬دﻗﻴﻘﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) AUX-A‬ﺻﻮت اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻋﺮض اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ‪ AUX‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪[ON] :‬‬
‫)ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪) [OFF] ،‬إﻳﻘﺎف(‪) .‬ﻣﺘﺎح ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪(.‬‬
‫‪) CT‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ وﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪) [ON] :CT‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪[OFF] ،‬‬
‫)إﻳﻘﺎف(‪.‬‬
‫‪) BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(7‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ‪EQ3 SETTING‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮم ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد اﳌﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﺨﺼﻮص ]‪ [CUSTOM‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎت اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫‪.EQ3‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﺘﺎر إﻋﺪادات اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪) [LOW] :‬ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‪) [MID] ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ(‪،‬‬
‫]‪) [HIGH‬ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎدة ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ا ُﳌﻌ ّﺪ ﰲ اﳌﺼﻨﻊ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ENTER‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻛﺘامل اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫‪) BALANCE‬اﻟﺘﻮازن(‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮازن اﻟﺼﻮت‪) [RIGHT-15] :‬ميني ‪[CENTER] - (15-‬‬
‫)ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ( ‪) [LEFT-15] -‬ﻳﺴﺎر ‪.(15-‬‬
‫‪) FADER‬اﳌﻀﺎﺋﻞ(‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ اﳌﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ‪) [FRONT-15] :‬أﻣﺎم ‪- (15 -‬‬
‫]‪) [CENTER‬ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ( ‪) [REAR-15] -‬ﺧﻠﻒ ‪.(15 -‬‬
‫‪) LOUDNESS‬ﻋﻠﻮ اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴيك(‬
‫ﻳﻌ ّﺰز ﻣﺆﺛﺮ اﻟﺠﻬري )اﻟﺼﻮت اﻟﺨﻔﻴﺾ اﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ( وﻣﺆﺛﺮ اﻟﺜﻼيث )اﻟﺼﻮت‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﱄ اﻟﺤﺎد( ﻹﻋﻄﺎء ﺻﻮت واﺿﺢ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫]‪) [ON‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ(‪) [OFF] ،‬إﻳﻘﺎف(‪.‬‬
‫‪) SW LEVEL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﻣﺠﻬﺎر اﻟﱰددات ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ اﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎض(‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻣﺠﻬﺎر اﻟﱰددات ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ اﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎض‪– [+2 dB] :‬‬
‫]‪.[-2 dB] – [0 dB‬‬
‫‪) AUX VOL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ّ‬
‫]‪.[-8 dB] – [0 dB] – [+18 dB‬‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻳﻠﻐﻲ اﻟﺤﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﺑني اﳌﺼﺎدر‪.‬‬
‫‪11AR‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﻮد‬
‫)وﺿﻊ اﻟﻘﻔﺰ(‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ ‪DEMO‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.SEEK +‬‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ إﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ اﻟﺬي ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮن اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﻮات ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ %10‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻌﺪد اﻟﻜﲇ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ENTER‬ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﳌﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ اﻟﴪﻳﻊ‬
‫‪.Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪،[DISPLAY‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[DEMO‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[DEMO-OFF‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة( ﻣﺮﺗني‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ إﱃ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺎدي ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﻟﺒﺚ‪/‬اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻷﺳﺎﳼ‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﳌﺘﻀ ّﻤﻨﺔ ﰲ اﻟﻘﺎمئﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل اﻹﺟﺮاء اﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪر واﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.MENU‬‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻓﺌﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺌﺎت اﻹﻋﺪاد ﻫﻲ ﻛام ﻳﲇ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم ‪) GENERAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(11‬‬
‫‪ ‬إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت ‪) SOUND‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(11‬‬
‫‪ ‬إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )اﻟﻌﺮض ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( ‪) DISPLAY‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(12‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎء اﻟﺨﻴﺎرات‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﳌﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪10AR‬‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة(‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز )وﺣﺪة( ‪ iPod/USB‬مبﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت واﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻ ًﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺪء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪SRC‬‬
‫إذا ﻛﺎن اﻟﺠﻬﺎز ّ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪) [USB‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ]‪ [IPD‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ اﻟﺘﻌ ّﺮف ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎز‬
‫‪.(iPod‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع )اﻟﻌﺮض( اﳌﺘﻜﺮر واﻻﺳﺘامع )اﻟﻌﺮض( ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐري‬
‫ّ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻻﺳﺘامع إﱃ )ﻋﺮض( اﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﺰع اﻟﺠﻬﺎز )اﻟﻮﺣﺪة(‬
‫أوﻗِﻒ اﻻﺳﺘامع‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﺰع اﻟﺠﻬﺎز‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ )اﻟﺘﻜﺮار( أو ‪ SHUF‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺮﻏﻮب إﻣﺎ اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺘﻜﺮر أو اﻻﺳﺘامع ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐري‪.‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺨﺘﺎر أن ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮق وﻗﺘًﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ أن ﻳﺒﺪأ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺣﻮل ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPhone‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPhone‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼل ‪ ،USB‬ﻳﺘﻢ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎت )اﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻت( اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪،iPhone‬‬
‫وﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ اﻟﺨﻄﺄ أﺛﻨﺎء ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷن ذﻟﻚ ميﻜﻦ أن ﻳﺘﺴ ّﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺻﺪور‬
‫ﺻﻮت ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ اﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ اﻟﻬﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ )اﻟﺘﻜﺮار( ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐري‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪ ،‬أو ‪ SHUF‬ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ أوﺿﺎع اﻻﺳﺘامع اﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ ﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺼﻮت اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ اﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫)™‪(Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺒﺎﴍ ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪) iPod‬ﺗﺤ ّﻜﻢ اﻟﺮ ّﻛﺎب(‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MODE‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫]‪ [MODE IPOD‬ﻹﺗﺎﺣﺔ إﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬ﻣﺒﺎﴍة‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ أﻧﻪ ﻻ ميﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت إﻻ ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﺔ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء وﺿﻊ ﺗﺤ ّﻜﻢ اﻟﺮﻛﺎب‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻌﺮض ]‪.[MODE AUDIO‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MODE‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬أو ‪ ،USB‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض ﻗﺎمئﺔ ﻓﺌﺎت اﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(*‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة( ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر‪.‬‬
‫* أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪ ،USB‬اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮدة ﻣﺒﺎﴍة إﱃ ﺑﺪاﻳﺔ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ اﻟﻔﺌﺎت‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ( ﳌﺪة ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛ ّﺮر اﻟﺨﻄﻮة ‪ 2‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﻬﺎء وﺿﻊ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ(‪.‬‬
‫‪9AR‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪(RDS‬‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر أﻧﻮاع اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ )‪(PTY‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫أدﺧِ ﻞ اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ )اﻟﻮﺟﻪ اﻟﺬي ﻋﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﲆ(‪.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪ PTY‬ﻟﻌﺮض أو اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ PTY‬أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﺚ ‪.FM‬‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ إﱃ أن ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﺚ ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫أﻧﻮاع اﻟﱪاﻣﺞ‬
‫‪) NEWS‬أﺧﺒﺎر(‪) AFFAIRS ،‬أﺣﺪاث راﻫﻨﺔ(‪) INFO ،‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪) SPORT‬رﻳﺎﺿﺔ(‪) EDUCATE ،‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ(‪) DRAMA ،‬متﺜﻴﻠﻴﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CULTURE‬ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ(‪) SCIENCE ،‬ﻋﻠﻮم(‪) VARIED ،‬ﻣﻨ ّﻮﻋﺎت(‪،‬‬
‫‪) POP M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺒﻮب(‪) ROCK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺮوك(‪EASY M ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻫﺎدﺋﺔ ‪) LIGHT M ،(M.O.R.‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CLASSICS‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺟﺎدة(‪) OTHER M ،‬أمنﺎط‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ أﺧﺮى(‪) WEATHER ،‬اﻷﺣﻮال اﻟﺠﻮﻳﺔ(‪) FINANCE ،‬ﻣﺎل(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CHILDREN‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ أﻃﻔﺎل(‪) SOCIAL A ،‬ﺷﺆون اﺟﺘامﻋﻴﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) RELIGION‬دﻳﻦ(‪) PHONE IN ،‬ﻣﺪاﺧﻼت ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ(‪TRAVEL ،‬‬
‫)ﺳﻔﺮ(‪) LEISURE ،‬ﺗﺮوﻳﺢ(‪) JAZZ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ اﻟﺠﺎز(‪COUNTRY ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ رﻳﻔﻴﺔ(‪) NATION M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ وﻃﻨﻴﺔ(‪) OLDIES ،‬أﻟﺤﺎن‬
‫ﻗﺪميﺔ(‪) FOLK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺷﻌﺒﻴﺔ(‪) DOCUMENT ،‬ﺑﺮاﻣﺞ‬
‫وﺛﺎﺋﻘﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ )‪(CT‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪأ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪iPod/USB‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬه اﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴامت اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗُﺴﺘﻌ َﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”‪ “iPod‬ﻛﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﺎم‬
‫ﻳﺸري إﱃ وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪ iPod‬ﻋﲆ أﺟﻬﺰة ‪ iPod‬و ‪ ،iPhone‬ﻣﺎ مل ُﻳﺬ َﻛﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻼف ذﻟﻚ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪًا ﰲ اﻟﻨﺺ أو اﻷﺷﻜﺎل اﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod‬اﻟﺬي ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ ”ﺣﻮل‬
‫‪) “iPod‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (13‬أو ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ اﺳﺘﻌامل أﺟﻬﺰة )وﺣﺪات( ‪ USB‬ﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪) MSC‬ﻓﺌﺔ اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫اﻟﺠامﻋﻲ( )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺸﻐّﻞ ﻓﻼش ‪ ،USB‬ﻣﺸﻐّﻞ وﺳﺎﺋﻂ رﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪ (AndroidTM‬اﳌﺘﻮاﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻄ ّﻠﺐ اﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ وﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻋﲆ اﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ MSC‬وذﻟﻚ ﺗﺒ ًﻌﺎ‬
‫ﳌﺸﻐّﻞ اﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ أو ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.Android‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎت ‪ CT‬اﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨّﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺚ ‪ RDS‬ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪8AR‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد ]‪ [CT-ON‬ﰲ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم ‪GENERAL‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(11‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮل ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ وﺣﺪة ‪ USB‬اﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎرة ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫‪ ‬اﻻﺳﺘامع ﳌﻠﻔﺎت ‪ MP3/WMA‬اﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏري ﻣﺪﻋﻮم‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﺪﻳﻢ اﻟﻔﻘﺪ‬
‫‪ ‬اﳌﻠﻔﺎت اﳌﺤﻤ ّﻴﺔ ﺑﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت ‪) DRM‬إدارة اﻟﺤﻘﻮق اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎت اﻟﺼﻮت ﻣﺘﻌﺪدة اﻟﻘﻨﻮات‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻳﺪو ًﻳﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[TUNER‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ )‪(BTM‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫أﺛﻨﺎء اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل ﺑﺚ اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪ (6‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﻌﺒﺎرة ]‪.[MEM‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﳌﺨﺰّﻧﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ زر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪.(6‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MODE‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ )‪ FM1‬أو ‪ FM2‬أو‬
‫‪ FM3‬أو ‪ MW‬أو ‪ SW1‬أو ‪.(SW2‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪،[GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[BTM‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮم اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت ﻋﲆ أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫اﻟﱰدد‪.‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MODE‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴري اﻟﺤﺰﻣﺔ اﳌﻮﺟﻴﺔ )‪ FM1‬أو ‪ FM2‬أو‬
‫‪ FM3‬أو ‪ MW‬أو ‪ SW1‬أو ‪.(SW2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ )اﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﲆ اﳌﺤﻄﺔ أو اﻟﱰدد(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﺪوﻳًﺎ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﻟﱰدد اﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‪،‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SEEK +/-‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SEEK +/-‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮر ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﲆ اﻟﱰدد‬
‫اﳌﺮﻏﻮب‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪SEEK +/-‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ اﻟﺒﺤﺚ )اﻻﺳﺘﻄﻼع( ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺤﻄﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻛ ّﺮر‬
‫ﻫﺬا اﻹﺟﺮاء إﱃ أن ﻳﺘﻢ اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺔ اﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪7AR‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪،[GENERAL‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪ ،[CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺛﻢ اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﺮاءة اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮيت ﻧﻘﺎل آﺧﺮ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫أدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎت واﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ اﻟﻘﺮاءة اﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ –‪.SEEK +/‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫أوﻗِﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل مبﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺘريﻳﻮ( اﳌﻮﺟﻮد ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ* )ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫* ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ اﻟﻨﻮع اﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.MENU‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ اﻟﻀﺒﻂ وﺗﺒﺪأ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮض اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻂ ‪.DSPL‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPod/USB‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ iPod/USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪ ،iPod/iPhone‬اﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻟﺠﻬﺎز‬
‫اﻵي ﺑﻮد ‪) iPod‬ﻏري ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪iPhone 5‬‬
‫‪6AR‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ SRC‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪.[AUX‬‬
‫ﳌﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﻟﺠﻬﺎز اﳌﻮﺻّ ﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﺎدر اﻷﺧﺮى‬
‫اﺑﺪأ اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎز اﻟﺼﻮيت اﻟﻨﻘﺎل مبﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت ﻣﻌﺘﺪل‪ ،‬واﺿﺒﻂ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮى ﺻﻮت اﺳﺘامﻋﻚ اﳌﻌﺘﺎد ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ MENU‬وأدِر ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎر ]‪) [AUX VOL]  [SOUND‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(11‬‬
‫وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪RM-X211‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ميﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻬﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﳌﻨﻊ اﻟﴪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF ‬وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ زر ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ اﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺑﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮك‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺰر )ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت( ‪ VOL +‬ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﻧﺰع ﴍﻳﻂ )رﻗﺎﻗﺔ( اﻟﻌﺰل ﻗﺒﻞ اﻻﺳﺘﻌامل‪.‬‬
‫إذا أدرت ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف ‪ OFF‬دون ﻧﺰع‬
‫اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت ﻣﻨ ّﺒﻪ اﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻟﺒﻀﻌﺔ ﺛﻮان‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪر ﺻﻮت‬
‫اﳌﻨ ّﺒﻪ إﻻ إذا ﻛﺎن اﳌﻀﺨّ ﻢ اﻟﺼﻮيت اﳌﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ ﰲ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ ًﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪) ATT ‬ﺗﻮﻫني(‬
‫ﺗﻮﻫني )إﺿﻌﺎف( اﻟﺼﻮت‪ .‬ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻮﻫني اﻟﺼﻮت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻣﺮة أﺧﺮى‪.‬‬
‫‪SOUND ‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻟﺼﻮت ‪ SOUND‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫‪ ()/ (+)/ (–)/ ()/ENTER ‬‬
‫ميﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﻮد اﻹﻋﺪاد إﻟﺦ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل ‪.///‬‬
‫‪ ‬رﻓﻊ‪/‬ﺧﻔﺾ )ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت( ‪VOL +/-‬‬
‫‪5AR‬‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻷﺟﺰاء وﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺣﺪة اﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺰر اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪/3‬‬
‫)اﻟﺘﻜﺮار( ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) SRC ‬اﳌﺼﺪر(‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﻟﺘﻴﺎر اﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎيئ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري اﳌﺼﺪر‪.‬‬
‫‪) OFF‬إﻳﻘﺎف(‬‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪة ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ واﺣﺪة‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻴﺎر‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪة‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻴﺎر وإﻳﻘﺎف ﻋﺮض اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘني‪.‬‬
‫إذا ﺗﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة واﺧﺘﻔﺖ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ميﻜﻨﻚ اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌامل وﺣﺪة اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬زر ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫‪)  ‬إﺧﺮاج اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ(‬
‫)اﻟﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(9‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺪﺧﻮل ﰲ وﺿﻊ اﳌﺘﺼ ّﻔﺢ أﺛﻨﺎء اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫)اﻟﻌﻮدة(‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻮدة إﱃ اﳌﻨﻈﺮ اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) MODE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(9 ،7‬‬
‫‪) PTY ‬ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬
‫اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﻧﻮع اﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ PTY‬ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬أزرار اﻷرﻗﺎم )ﻣﻦ ‪ 1‬إﱃ ‪(6‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎل اﳌﺤﻄﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ اﳌﺨ ّﺰﻧﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ اﳌﺤﻄﺎت‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬زر اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ‪SEEK +/-‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻣﺤﻄﺎت اﻟﺮادﻳﻮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ًﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﻤﻮاﻟﻔﺔ ﻳﺪو ًﻳﺎ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ALBUM /‬‬
‫‪) /‬اﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪/‬اﻟﻼﺣﻖ( ‪) /‬اﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ‪/‬اﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫اﻟﴪﻳﻊ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺮص اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ‬
‫أدِره ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮى اﻟﺼﻮت‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻄﻲ أﻟﺒﻮم ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ﺻﻮيت‪ّ .‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ اﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎت ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ ،‬اﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫)اﻟﺘﻜﺮار(‬
‫‪) SHUF‬ﺗﻐﻴري اﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ(‬
‫‪ENTER‬‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ إدﺧﺎل اﻟﺒﻨﺪ اﳌﺨﺘﺎر‪.‬‬
‫‪PAUSE‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘ ِﺒﻞ أواﻣﺮ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪) DSPL ‬اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )اﻟﻌﺮض ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ((‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴري اﻟﺒﻨﻮد اﳌﻌﺮوﺿﺔ ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) SCRL‬اﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ(‬‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺮوض ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫اﺿﻐﻄﻪ وأﺑﻘِﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ )ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ( اﻻﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ دﺧﻞ اﳌﺼﺪر اﻟﺨﺎرﺟﻲ ‪AUX‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬة اﻟﻌﺮض‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪MENU‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﻗﺎمئﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد‪.‬‬
‫‪4AR‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول اﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻷﺟﺰاء وﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ اﻟﺘﺤ ّﻜﻢ ‪4 .........................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺪء‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎت إﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ‪12 .......................................................................‬‬
‫اﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪14 .......................................................................................‬‬
‫اﳌﻮاﺻﻔﺎت‪14 ..................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤ ّﺮي اﻟﺨﻠﻞ وإﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪16 .................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺰع اﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ اﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪5 .......................................................................‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ اﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪6 .................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ‪6 ............................................................. iPod/USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎز ﺻﻮيت ﻧﻘﺎل آﺧﺮ‪6 ..........................................................‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺮادﻳﻮ‪7 .............................................................................‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌامل ﻧﻈﺎم اﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎت اﻹذاﻋﻴﺔ )‪8 ..........................................(RDS‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮاﻧﺔ‪8 .........................................................................‬‬
‫اﻻﺳﺘامع ﻟﺠﻬﺎز ‪8 .......................................................... iPod/USB‬‬
‫اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ اﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎت واﻻﺳﺘامع إﻟﻴﻬﺎ ‪9 ............................................‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪادات‬
‫إﻟﻐﺎء وﺿﻊ اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ ‪10 .........................................DEMO‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻷﺳﺎﳼ‪10 .................................................................‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﻟﻌﺎم ‪11 .......................................................... GENERAL‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺼﻮت ‪11 ............................................................ SOUND‬‬
‫اﻹﻋﺪاد اﳌﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ ‪11 ............................. EQ3 PRESET‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ‪11 ......................................... EQ3 SETTING‬‬
‫إﻋﺪاد اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )اﻟﻌﺮض ﻋﲆ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( ‪12 .......................... DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪3AR‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬه اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﺪادات اﻟﺴﻴﺎرة ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ واﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت‪ ،‬راﺟﻊ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬‬
‫اﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼت اﳌﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ اﻟﺼامم اﻟﺜﻨﺎيئ اﻟﺒﺎﻋﺚ ﻟﻀﻮء اﻟﻠﻴﺰر‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺪة اﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎث‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺧﺮج اﻟﻠﻴﺰر‪ :‬أﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 53.3‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮو وات‬
‫)ﻫﺬا اﻟﺨﺮج ﻫﻮ اﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ اﳌﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 200‬ﻣﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ اﻟﻼﻗﻂ اﻟﺒﴫي ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻗﺪرﻫﺎ ‪ 7‬ﻣﻢ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﺣﻮل ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮض ﺑﻄﺎرﻳﺔ اﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮم ﻟﺤﺮارة ﺷﺪﻳﺪة ﻛﺄﺷﻌﺔ اﻟﺸﻤﺲ اﳌﺒﺎﴍة أو اﻟﻨﺎر‬
‫أو ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ إذا ﻛﺎن ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺤ ّﺮك ﺳﻴﺎرﺗﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻀ ّﻤﻦ وﺿﻊ‬
‫اﻟﻜامﻟﻴﺎت ‪ACC‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ إﻋﺪاد )ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ( وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ ‪) AUTO OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ .(11‬ﻳﺘﻢ إﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﻮﺣﺪة ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺎم وﺗﻠﻘﺎيئ ﰲ اﳌﻮﻋﺪ اﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ اﻟﻮﺣﺪة إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف‪ ،‬اﻷﻣﺮ اﻟﺬي ﻳﺤﻮل دون اﺳﺘﻨﺰاف ﺷﺤﻨﺔ‬
‫اﻟﺒﻄﺎرﻳﺔ‪ .‬إذا مل ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪاد وﻇﻴﻔﺔ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف اﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎيئ ‪،AUTO OFF‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ إﱃ أن ﻳﺨﺘﻔﻲ اﻟﻌﺮض )ﻋﻦ اﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( ﻛﻠام‬
‫اﺿﻐﻂ ‪ OFF‬وأﺑ ِﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ اﳌﺤ ّﺮك إﱃ وﺿﻊ اﻹﻳﻘﺎف‪.‬‬
‫‪2AR‬‬
‫‪FM/MW/SW‬‬
‫‪Compact Disc‬‬
‫‪Player‬‬
‫إرﺷﺎدات اﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﯿﺎﺗﯽ‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء اﻟﻌﺮض اﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ )‪ ،(DEMO‬راﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.10‬‬
‫ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ منﺎﯾﺶ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ منﺎﯾﺸﯽ )‪ ،(DEMO‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 10‬را ﺑﺒﯿﻨﯿﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony.net/‬‬
‫‪Printed in Thailand‬‬
‫‪CDX-G2050UI‬‬
‫‪©2013 Sony Corporation‬‬

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Key Features

  • 1 DIN 4.0 channels Black
  • Built-in display LCD Equalizer
  • FM, LW, MW Radio Data System (RDS)
  • CD player
  • Ready for iPod
  • MP3 playback USB direct playback
  • USB port AUX in

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement